Returns the current acquisition mode. The query form of ACQuire:MODe is the question-mark version of the set command ACQuire:MODe.
SCPI COMMAND REFERENCE
The Tektronix MDO32 is Tektronix's oscilloscope in the 3 Series MDO family. Its SCPI remote-control interface exposes 2482 commands across 85 subsystems - 1748 settable and 734 queries - and every command is documented here with its parameters, accepted values, return format, and a copy-paste PyVISA example for automating test and measurement.
2,482
Commands
1,748
Settable
734
Queries
85
Subsystems
SCPI
Verified
2026-07-16
All commands
Selects the acquisition mode for conditional acquisition. The example shows `ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE` as part of setting up acquisition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | SAMPLE | Acquisition mode. |
Sets the fast acquisition palette used by the acquisition display. The default value is TEMPERATURE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| palette | enum | TEMPERATURE | Acquisition palette selection. |
Sets the fast acquisition state. The default value is 0.
Sets or queries the Magnivu acquisition display state. The factory default value is 0.
Sets the number of averages used for acquisition. The factory default is 16.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| numavg | integer | - | Number of averages to use for acquisition. |
Sets the number of envelopes used in acquisition. The factory default is INFINITE.
Sets the number of acquisition sequences. The default value is 1.
Sets or queries the acquisition state. The factory default value is 1.
Sets the acquisition stop-after mode. The factory default is RUNSTOP.
Turns MagniVu acquisition on or off for digital collection data. The example shows setting it to 1 before a waveform transfer.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 1 | 0 | ON | OFF | Enables or disables MagniVu acquisition. |
:ACQuire:MAGnivu 1
Returns whether acquisitions are running or stopped. In the example, it returns 0 after a mask violation because acquisition has stopped.
:ACQUIRE:STATE?
Sets the acquisition mode for FastAcq. The index lists this command under the Acquisition command group.
Sets the FastAcq palette used for FastFrame/fast acquisition display coloring.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| palette | enum | - | Palette selection for FastAcq display coloring. |
Sets the FastAcq state for acquisition. The index entry points to the acquisition command group documentation.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | - |
Returns the maximum sample rate for the acquisition system.
Sets the acquisition mode.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | - | Acquisition mode. |
Returns the number of acquisitions taken since the last acquisition reset or state change.
Sets the number of averages used for acquisition. This command is part of the Acquisition command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| count | integer | 2 - 65536 | Number of averages to use for acquisition. |
Sets the acquisition mode to envelope. This command is part of the Acquisition command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | NUMEnv | Acquisition mode. |
Returns the current sequence acquisition number. The command is a query in the acquisition sequence subsystem.
Sets the number of sequences in a sequence acquisition. This command belongs to the acquisition sequence subsystem.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| sequence | integer | - | Number of sequences to acquire. |
Starts or stops acquisition. This command belongs to the Acquisition command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | - | Acquisition state. |
Sets how acquisition stops after starting an acquisition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| stopAfter | enum | - | Specifies the stop-after acquisition mode. |
Returns the acquisition subsystem state and configuration. The manual index lists this query under the Acquisition command group.
Controls whether query responses include command headers. When header is on, responses are formatted as valid set commands; when off, only the values are returned.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Enables or disables inclusion of headers in query responses. |
Controls whether command headers are included in responses. The factory default is 1 (enabled).
Specifies the time used for the display intensity backlight auto-dim setting.
Sets the display clock default state. The factory default value is 1.
Sets the readout display configuration to its factory default value, NORMAL.
Sets the digital display activity default value. The factory default is 0.
Sets the digital display height. The factory default is MEDIUM.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| height | enum | MEDIUM | Digital display height setting. |
Sets the graticule display style. The factory default is FULL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| graticule | enum | FULL | Graticule display style. |
Sets the graticule intensity display default value. The factory default is 75.
Sets the waveform display intensity. The factory default value is 35.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| intensity | integer | - | Waveform display intensity. |
Sets the display persistence default value. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
Sets the display dots-only style state. The factory default is 0 (off).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | 0 - 1 | Enables or disables dots-only display style. |
Default value is 0.0E+0. Sets the trigger frequency display state.
Sets the XY display state. The factory default is OFF.
Sets whether the XY display uses YT mode. The factory default is 1.
Controls whether the display clock is shown. The command is listed in the Display Command Group.
DISplay:CLOCk
Sets the display color mode.
Selects the readout configuration for the display. The command is listed in the Display command group.
Sets the digital activity display setting for the waveform area. The manual lists it in the Display command group.
Sets the height of the digital display. The command is listed under the Display Command Group.
Sets the display backlight intensity. The command is listed in the Display command group and has a related auto-dimming enable command.
Returns the current display intensity setting.
Queries the current display state.
Sets the display graticule intensity.
Sets the waveform intensity display setting. The command is listed in the Display Intensity command group.
Sets the display persistence mode.
Sets the display style to dots only.
Sets the display trigger frequency.
Sets the display mode to XY. The command is listed in the Display command group.
Turns the XY display mode on or off with or without the YT display. This command is part of the display subsystem.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | Enables or disables XY display with YT. |
Enables or disables the socket server used for Telnet or other TCPIP socket connections to send commands and queries to the instrument.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Enables or disables the socket server. |
Sets the TCPIP port for the socket server connection.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| port | integer | - | TCPIP port used by the socket server connection. |
Sets the protocol for the socket server.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| protocol | enum | - | Protocol for the socket server. |
Enables or disables the socket server used for Telnet or other TCP/IP socket connections to send commands and queries to the instrument. The default state is enabled.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | <NR1> | Enables or disables the socket server. |
Sets the TCPIP port for the socket server connection. If the specified port is in use while the socket server is enabled, error event code 221 is posted and the socket server remains unchanged.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| port | integer | - | Integer port number for the socket server connection. |
SOCKETServer:PORT 1080 sets the socket server port to port 1080. SOCKETServer:PORT? might return 4000, indicating that port 4000 is currently the TCPIP port for the socket server connection.
Sets the protocol used by the socket server session. TERMinal sends a session startup message and provides a command prompt; NONe disables those features for raw socket transactions.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| protocol | enum | TERMinal | NONe | Selects the socket server protocol mode. |
SOCKETServer:PROTOCol TERMinal sets the protocol to terminal, so that a session startup message is sent to the socket, and a command prompt is provided. SOCKETServer:PROTOCol? might return NONE, indicating that the protocol is set to support raw socket connections.
Switches the RF Average trace display on or off in the frequency domain graticule.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Turns the RF Average trace display on or off. |
Switches the frequency domain Max Hold trace display on or off in the frequency domain graticule.
Switches the frequency domain Min Hold trace display on or off in the frequency domain graticule.
Switches the frequency domain Normal trace display on or off in the frequency domain graticule.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Turns the Normal trace display on or off. |
Turns on the display of digital channel <x> and resets the acquisition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Digital channel to display. |
Turns on or off all digital channels D0 through D15.
Turns on or off the specified reference waveform or returns whether the specified reference waveform is on or off.
Queries which waveforms are displayed.
SELECT?? might return the following :SELECT:BUS1 0;BUS2 0;CH1 1;CH2 0;CH3 0;CH4 0;MATH 0;REF1 0;REF2 0;REF3 0;REF4 0;CONTROL CH1
Turns the display of channel <x> waveform on or off, where <x> is channel number 1–4. This command also resets the acquisition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | 1 | 0 | Turns the specified channel waveform display on or off. |
SELECT:CH2 ON SELECT:CH1?
Selects a waveform to be used with channel-related commands such as the cursor commands. It also turns on the waveform display if it was not already on.
Turns on or off the display of the waveform for bus <x>, where x is bus number 1-2. The query returns whether the channel is on or off, but does not indicate whether it is the specified waveform.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Turns the specified waveform display on or off. |
Returns the currently selected waveform for front-panel controls. If all channels are turned off, the response is NONE.
SELECT:CONTROL? might return :SELECT:CONTROL MATH indicating that math is the implied object of waveform commands.
Turns on the display of digital channel <x> and resets the acquisition. The query returns whether the channel is on or off, but does not indicate whether it is the selected waveform.
SELECT:D2? might return :SELECT:D2 1 indicating that digital channel 2 is being displayed.
Turns on and off the display of the reference waveform <x>. The <x> variable represents the reference channel number, which can be 1–4. The query returns whether the channel is on or off.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 4 | Reference channel number. |
| state | enum | ON | OFF | <NR1> | Turns the reference waveform display on or off. |
SELECT:REF2 ON turns the channel 2 waveform display on, and selects reference waveform 2. SELECT:REF2? might return :SELECT:REF2 1 indicating that reference waveform 2 is being displayed.
Turns RF Average trace display off or on in the frequency domain graticule.
Switches the frequency domain Max Hold trace display on or off in the frequency domain graticule.
Switches the frequency domain Min Hold trace display on or off in the frequency domain graticule.
Switches the frequency domain Normal trace display on or off in the frequency domain graticule.
Sets channel 1 as the selected source in the acquisition setup. In the example, it is used with SELECT:CH1 ON as part of conditional acquisition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | Enables selection of channel 1. |
SELECT:CH1 ON
Selects whether bus 1 is enabled or disabled. The default value is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | Enables or disables bus 1 selection. |
Sets or shows which input source is selected as the control source. The factory default is CH1.
Selects the D10 digital channel for display or measurement. The factory default is 0 (off).
Selects the DALL digital line group for display or measurement. The factory default value is 0.
Selects the MATH waveform display for the instrument. The factory default value is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | Enables or disables MATH selection. |
Selects whether REF1 is enabled. The factory default is 0.
Sets whether RF average display is selected by default. The factory default value is 0.
Sets the default state of the RF Max Hold selection to 0. This is listed in the factory defaults table.
Sets the default state for the RF min-hold selection to 0. This entry appears in the factory defaults table.
Sets the factory default value for the RF_NORMAL selection to 0.
Returns the date when the specified oscilloscope setup was saved.
Specifies the label for the selected oscilloscope setup. The setup number is given by <x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 1 | Setup index for the specified oscilloscope setup. |
Returns the time when the specified oscilloscope setup was saved.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 8 | Specifies which saved setup is queried. |
Sets the alignment of the data used to search on audio bus data. The alignment can be left, right, or either.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| word | enum | left | right | either | Alignment of the data used for the audio bus search. |
Sets the CAN bus search condition to use when searching on CAN bus data. The condition can be start of frame, frame type, identifier, matching data, end of frame, missing ACK field, bit-stuffing error, form error, any error, CAN FD BRS bit, or CAN FD ESI bit.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | start of frame | frame type | identifier | matching data | end of frame | missing ACK field | bit-stuffing error | form error | any error | CAN FD BRS bit | CAN FD ESI bit | Condition used to search on CAN bus data. |
Sets the CAN bus data direction used for search conditions. The allowed directions are read, write, or either.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | read | write | either | Data direction to use when searching on CAN bus data. |
Sets the data offset value to be used when searching on CAN bus data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | integer | - | Data offset used for CAN data searches. |
Sets the qualifier to be used when searching on CAN bus data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | < | > | = | not = | <= | Comparison qualifier used for CAN data searches. |
Sets the length of the data string, in bytes, used to search on CAN bus data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | integer | bytes | Length of the data string used for CAN data searches. |
Sets the binary data value to be used to search on CAN bus data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | block | - | Binary data value used for the CAN bus data search. |
Sets the value used to search for CAN FD BRS bits on CAN bus data. The value may be don’t care, 1, or 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | don’t care | 1 | 0 | Value to use when searching for CAN FD BRS bits. |
Sets the value used to search for CAN FD ESI bits. The manual states the value may be don't care, 1, or 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | don't care | 1 | 0 | Value to use when searching for CAN FD ESI bits. |
Sets the CAN frame type used for bus search on CAN bus data. The manual lists frame types as data, remote, error, or overload.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| frame type | enum | data | remote | error | overload | Frame type to use for the CAN bus search. |
Sets the addressing mode to be used to search on CAN bus data. The mode selects standard or extended CAN format.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | STANdard | EXTended | Addressing mode for CAN bus searches. |
Sets the binary address value to be used when searching on CAN bus data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | - | Binary address value used for CAN bus searching. |
Specifies the condition to use when searching on FlexRay bus data. The listed conditions are start of frame, frame type, ID, cycle count, header, data, ID and data, EOF, and error.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | start of frame | frame type | ID | cycle count | header | data | ID and data | EOF | error | Search condition to use for FlexRay bus data. |
Specifies the upper data value of the range used when searching on the FlexRay bus cycle count field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| hivalue | integer | - | Upper data value of the cycle count range. |
Specifies the qualifier to use when searching on the FlexRay bus cycle count field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | < | > | = | <= | >= | not = | in range | out of range | Comparison operator or range mode used for the FlexRay bus cycle count search. |
This command specifies the low data value to be used when searching on the FlexRay bus cycle count field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | - | Low data value used for the FlexRay bus cycle count search. |
This command specifies the high value to use when searching on the FlexRay bus data field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | - | High data value used for FlexRay bus data searching. |
Specifies the offset of the data string in bytes used when searching on the FlexRay bus data field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | integer | bytes | Offset of the data string in bytes. |
Specifies the qualifier to use when searching on the FlexRay bus data field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | < | > | = | <= | >= | not = | in range | out of range | Comparison to use for matching the FlexRay bus data field. |
Specifies the length of the data string, in bytes, to use when searching on the FlexRay bus data field.
Specifies the low data value to use when searching on the FlexRay bus data field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | - | Low data value used for the FlexRay bus data-field search. |
Specifies which end-of-file type to use when searching on the FlexRay bus EOF field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | static | dynamic | any | End-of-file type used for FlexRay bus EOF search. |
Specifies the error type to use when searching on the FlexRay bus signal.
Specifies the upper data value of the range to be used when searching on the FlexRay bus frame ID field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | - | Upper data value for the FlexRay bus frame ID search range. |
Specifies the qualifier to use when searching on the FlexRay bus frame ID field.
Specifies the low value to use when searching on the FlexRay bus frame ID field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | 0 - 1023 | Low data value for the FlexRay bus frame ID field. |
Specifies the frame type to use when searching on FlexRay bus data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| frame type | enum | normal | payload | null | sync | startup | Selects which FlexRay frame type is matched during the search. |
Specifies the CRC portion of the binary FlexRay header string to be used when searching on FlexRay bus data.
Specifies to use the cycle count portion of the binary header string when searching on the FlexRay bus header.
This command specifies to use the frame ID portion of the binary header string when searching on the FlexRay bus header.
Specifies to use the indicator bits portion of the binary header string when searching on the FlexRay bus header.
Specifies to use the payload length portion of the binary header string when searching on the FlexRay bus header.
Specifies the I2C address mode for a search, selecting either 7-bit or 10-bit addressing.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | 7 | 10-Bit | Selects the I2C address mode. |
Specifies the I2C address type to I2C special addresses.
Specifies the binary address string to be used for I2C search.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Binary address string used for I2C search. |
Specifies the search condition for an I2C search.
Specifies the I2C search condition to be valid on a READ, WRITE, or either data direction.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | READ | WRITE | either | Selects whether the I2C search applies to READ, WRITE, or either direction. |
Specifies the binary data string to be used for an SPI search when the search condition is MISO or MISOMOSI.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| data string | block | - | Binary data string to use for the SPI search. |
Specifies the data value for SPI data searches.
Returns all search-related settings.
SEARCH? might return:
Copies the search criteria to the trigger, or the trigger criteria to a search. <x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | SEARCHtotrigger | TRIGgertosearch | Selects whether to copy search criteria to the trigger or trigger criteria to the search. |
Returns a list of all automatically created search marks on waveforms in the time domain, excluding manually created marks. The entries are returned as an enumeration for the source waveform followed by 7 time mark parameters.
Sets the search state to on or off for the specified search number. The query form returns the search state.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR1 | integer | - | Search state value. |
| stateopt | enum | OFF | ON | Sets the search state to off or on. |
Returns the total number of matches for the search. The search number <x> is always 1.
Queries the SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS settings. <x> is the search number, which is always 1; there are two buses, B1-B2.
Sets the condition used to search on ARINC429 bus data, such as word start, label, matching data, word end, or error. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1, and B<x> is the bus number.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | STARt | END | LABel | DATA | LABELANDDATA | ERRor | Condition used for ARINC429 bus-data search. |
When the search condition is DATA or LABELANDDATA and the qualifier is INrange or OUTrange, this command sets the upper value of the range for a match on the data field. The default is all X’s (don’t care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Upper value of the data-field match range. |
Specifies the qualifier used when searching on the ARINC429 data field(s). The search condition must be set to DATA or LABELANDDATA, and the default qualifier is Equal to.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | Equal | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Qualifier to use when searching on the ARINC429 data field(s). |
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:DATa:QUALifier {LESSthan|MOREthan|Equal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|INrange|OUTrange}
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:DATa:QUALifier?Specifies the low value used when searching on the ARINC429 bus data field(s). The search condition must be DATA or LABELANDDATA; the default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Low value to be used when searching on the ARINC429 bus data field(s). |
Specifies the error type used when searching on an ARINC429 bus signal. The search condition must be set to ERROR first.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| error type | enum | ANY | GAP | WORD | PARity | Selects which ARINC429 error type to search for. |
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:ERRTYPE SEARCH:SEARCH<x>>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:ERRTYPE?
When the search condition is set to LABEL and the qualifier is INrange or OUTrange, this command specifies the upper value of the label match range. The default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | A quoted string of 8 bits; allowable characters are 0, 1, and X. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:ARINC429A:LABel:HIVALue "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:ARINC429A:LABel:HIVALue?
Specifies the qualifier used when searching on the ARINC429 label field. The search condition must be set to LABel or LABELANDDATA; the default qualifier is "Equal to".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Sets the ARINC429 label qualifier to the selected comparison mode. |
Specifies the low value used when searching on the ARINC429 bus label field. The search condition must be LABel or LABELANDDATA, and the default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of 8 bits; allowable characters are 0, 1, and X. |
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:LABel:VALue "XXXX1000" sets the upper limit of the range to XXXX1000. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:LABel:VALue? might return "XXXXXXXX".
Specifies the SDI field value used when searching on ARINC429 bus data fields. The search condition must be set to DATA or LABELANDDATA; the default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of 2 bits; allowable characters are 0, 1, and X. |
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:SDI "X0" SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:SDI?
Sets the ARINC 429A SSM field value as a quoted 2-bit string. Unspecified upper bits are left unchanged, and the stored string resets to its default when the data field format changes.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted 2-bit string value using only the characters 0, 1, and X. |
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:SSM "X0" sets the SSM field value to X0. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:SSM? might return "XX".
Sets the audio-bus search condition to use for searching on audio bus data. SEARCH<x> is always 1 and B<x> is the bus number 1-2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SOF | DATA | Selects start of frame or matching data as the search condition. |
Sets the upper word value used to search on audio bus data. The search condition must be set to DATA, and this command requires option 3-SRAUDIO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Upper word value to use for the audio bus data search. |
Sets the data offset value used when searching on audio bus data. The search condition must be set to DATA using SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:CONDition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | real | - | The data offset value. |
Sets the qualifier used to search on audio bus data. The search condition must be set to DATA using SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:CONDition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Sets the search qualifier for audio bus data. |
Sets the lower word value used to search on audio bus data. Use the corresponding HIVALue command to set the upper word value; the search condition must be set to DATA using SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:CONDition.
Returns the lower word value for audio bus data search. The command is documented as a query form of the audio data value setting.
Sets the alignment of the audio bus data to be used for search. The search condition must be set to DATA using SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:CONDition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| word | enum | EITher | LEFt | RIGht | Selects whether the data is aligned to either left or right, left, or right. |
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:WORD SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:WORD?
Sets the CAN search condition used by SEARCH<x> trigger bus B<x>. The condition determines what CAN frame feature the search is based on, such as start of frame, identifier, data, errors, or CAN FD BRS/ESI.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SOF | FRAMEtype | IDentifier | DATA | IDANDDATA | EOF | ACKMISS | ERROR | FORMERRor | ANYERRor | FDBRS | FDESI | Search condition to use for CAN bus trigger search. |
Sets the data direction to be used when searching CAN bus data. This applies only if the search condition is set to Identifier.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | READ | WRITE | NOCARE | Data direction used for the search. |
Specifies the data offset, in bytes, to search for in a CAN search. The default value is 0; -1 means don't care, and the valid range depends on CAN 2.0 or CAN FD and the current data match size.
Sets the qualifier used to search on CAN bus data. This applies only when the search condition is IDANDDATA or DATA.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | Comparison used to search CAN bus data against SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:VALue. |
Sets the length of the CAN data string, in bytes, used for bus-data searching. It only applies when the search condition is IDANDDATA or DATA.
Sets the binary data value used to search on CAN bus data. This applies only when the search condition is IDANDDATA or DATA.
Specifies the binary data value to search on CAN FD BRS bits. It applies only when the search condition is set to FDBRSBIT.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ZERo | OFF | 0 | ONE | ON | 1 | NOCARE | X | x | Binary value to match for the CAN FD BRS bit. |
Sets the CAN bus FD ESI bit search condition. The documented values indicate whether the BRS bit must be 0, must be 1, or may be either 0 or 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ZERo | OFF | 0 | ONE | ON | 1 | NOCARE | X | x | Specifies the required BRS-bit value for the search condition. |
Sets the CAN frame type to use for bus search on CAN data. This only applies if the search condition has been set to FRAMEtype.
Sets or queries the CAN identifier/address mode used for the bus search. This applies only when the search condition is set to IDANDDATA or DATA and requires option 3-SRAUTO.
Sets the binary address value used to search on CAN bus data. It applies only when the search condition is IDANDDATA or DATA.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <bin> | string | - | The address in binary format. |
Specifies the FlexRay search condition used when searching bus data, such as start of frame, frame type, ID, cycle count, header, data, ID and data, EOF, or error. SEARCH<x> is always 1 and B<x> is the bus number B1-B2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SOF | FRAMETypeid | CYCLEcount | HEADer | DATA | IDANDDATA | EOF | ERROR | FlexRay search condition to use. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION ERROR SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION?
Sets or queries the FlexRay cycle count high value used by the search trigger. The value is a quoted string; the query returns the current quoted string, which may indicate don’t cares.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string that is the cycle count high value. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE?
Specifies the qualifier used when searching on the FlexRay bus cycle count field. The search condition must be set to CYCLEcount first.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Qualifier to use when searching on the FlexRay bus cycle count field. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALifier SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALifier?
Specifies the low data value used when searching on the FlexRay bus cycle count field. The search condition must be set to CYCLEcount.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string that is the cycle count binary value. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE “110010” sets the cycle count value to 110010.
Specifies the high binary value used when searching on the FlexRay bus data field. The search condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string containing the data field high binary value. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE?
Sets or queries the FlexRay data byte offset used by the search command. A byte offset of -1 means don't care and no byte offset is used; the instrument will search or match any byte value that fits.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR1 | integer | -1 | Data offset in bytes. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET 10 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET?
Specifies the qualifier used when searching on the FlexRay bus data field. The search condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA.
Specifies the length of the FlexRay data string, in bytes, used when searching on the bus data field. The search condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| length | integer | 1 - 8 | Length of the data string in bytes. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE 8 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE?
This command specifies the low value to use when searching on the FlexRay bus data field. The search condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA.
This command specifies which FlexRay end-of-frame type to use when searching on the FlexRay bus EOF field. The search condition must be set to EOF.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | STATic | DYNAMic | ANY | Selects the FlexRay end-of-frame type to search for. |
Specifies the FlexRay error type to use when searching on the FlexRay bus signal. The search condition must be set to ERROR first.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE SYNCFRAME SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE?
Sets or queries the high value used when searching on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. The search condition must be set to Identifier.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string representing the binary data string used for the FlexRay frame ID high value. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE “00101100101” sets the frame id high value to 00101100101. SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX" indicating the frame id high value is don't cares.
Specifies the qualifier used when searching on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. The search condition must be set to Identifier.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | Qualifier used for the FlexRay frame ID search. |
Specifies the low value used when searching on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. The search condition must be set to Identifier, and the corresponding high value is set with FRAMEID:HIVALue.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Low frame ID value to use in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE?
Specifies the FlexRay frame type to use when searching on FlexRay bus data. The search condition must be set to FRAMEType using the corresponding SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition command.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE STARTUP SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE?
Specifies the CRC portion of the binary header string to be used when searching on FlexRay bus data. The search condition must be set to HEADer.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string representing the CRC portion of the binary header string used for FlexRay search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC "XXXXXXXXXXX" indicating the CRC portion of the binary header string is don't cares.
Returns the cycle count portion of the binary header string used for a FlexRay search. The search condition must be set to HEADer.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT "XXXXXX" indicating the cycle count is don't cares.
Specifies use of the frame ID portion of the binary header string when searching on the FlexRay bus header. The search condition must be set to HEADer.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | A quoted string representing the frame ID portion of the binary header string used for a FlexRay search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID?
Specifies the indicator bits portion of the binary header string used in a FlexRay search. The query returns the indicator bits portion of the binary header string.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string representing the indicator bits portion of the binary header string used in a FlexRay search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS "XXXXX" indicating the indicator bits of the header are don't cares.
Returns the payload length portion of the binary header string. For the example shown, the query may return "XXXXXXX" to indicate don't cares.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH?
Specifies the I2C address mode to be used in an I2C search. The mode selects either 7-bit or 10-bit addressing.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | ADDR7 | ADDR10 | Selects 7-bit or 10-bit I2C addressing. |
Returns the I2C address type used for the search. The documented address types are GENeralcall, STARtbyte, HSmode, EEPROM, and USER.
Specifies the address value to be used in an I2C search when the search condition is ADDRess or ADDRANDDATA (address and data).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bin | block | - | The address in binary format. |
Specifies the search condition to use for an I2C search. The search number is always 1.
Specifies the data direction to use for an I2C search: read, write, or either. The search number is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | READ | WRITE | NOCARE | Selects the I2C data direction condition. |
Sets the I2C data string length in bytes for an I2C search. The query form returns the current data string length.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR1 | integer | bytes | Data string length in bytes. |
Specifies the data value to be used in an I2C search when the search condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA (address and data).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Binary data value to use in the I2C search. |
Specifies the search condition for a LIN search. The condition selects which LIN field or event the search uses.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SYNCField | IDentifier | DATA | IDANDDATA | WAKEup | SLEEP | ERROR | Selects the LIN search condition. |
Specifies the high data value used in a LIN search when the search condition is set to Identifier or IDANDDATA. The value is a quoted binary string of 1s, 0s, or Xs.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted binary data string to use for the LIN search high value. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX" indicating the high value is “don't care”.
Specifies the LIN data qualifier used for a LIN search. It only applies when the search condition is set to Identifier or IDANDDATA.
This command specifies the length of the data string, in bytes, to be used in a LIN search when the search condition is set to Identifier or IDANDDATA.
Specifies the LIN data value used in a LIN search when the search condition is IDentifier or IDANDDATA (identifier and data). The search number is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Binary data string for the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE? might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" indicating the data value is don't care.
This command specifies the error type used for a LIN search. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1, and B<x>.
Specifies the binary address string used for LIN search when the search condition is set to IDentifier or IDANDDATA. This command requires option 3-SRAUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Binary address string used for the LIN search identifier value. |
Sets or queries the upper limit of the remote terminal address range for a MIL-STD-1553 bus search when the search condition is COMMAND and the qualifier is INrange or OUTrange.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of up to 5 characters using only 0, 1, and X. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:HIVALue “01000”
Specifies the qualifier used with the remote terminal address field when the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to COMMAND. This command requires option 3-SRAERO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Sets the Command Address qualifier. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:QUALifier EQual
Sets the remote terminal address value used in a MIL-STD-1553 bus search when the search condition is COMMAND and the qualifier is one of LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, LESSEQual, MOREEQual, INrange, or OUTrange. The value is a quoted 5-character string made up of 0, 1, and X; the default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string value for the 5-bit remote terminal address pattern. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:VALue “01000” SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:VALue? might return 01000.
Specifies the bit pattern for the 5-bit Word Count/Mode Code sub-address field used in a MIL-STD-1553 COMMAND search. In Word Count mode, the field defines the number of data words transmitted or received; a value of 0 indicates 32 data words.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of up to 5 characters consisting of 0, 1, and X. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:COUNt SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:COUNt? might return “XXXXX”.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B command word parity search condition for the specified search/bus pair. The value can be 0, 1, or don't care (X), with X as the default.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Parity search value for the command word. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:PARity ZERo SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:PARity?
Specifies the 5-bit MIL-STD-1553 sub-address used in the search when the bus search condition is COMMAND. A value of 00000 or 11111 binary indicates a Mode Code command; any other value indicates a Word Count command.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| subaddress | enum | - | 5-bit sub-address used in the search condition. |
Specifies that the MIL-STD-1553 transmit/receive bit (bit 9) is used in the search when the bus search condition is set to COMMAND. The bit defines the direction of information flow from the remote terminal's point of view.
Specifies the MIL-STD-1553 bus word type or condition to search for. The available choices are SYNC, COMMAND, STATus, DATA, TIMe, or ERRor.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SYNC | COMMAND | STATus | DATA | TIMe | ERRor | Selects the word type or condition to search for. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:CONDition STAT SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:CONDition?
Specifies the data parity bit to be used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus search when the search condition is set to DATa. Returned values are 0, 1, or X (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Data parity bit value to use in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:DATa:PARity 1 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:DATa:PARity?
Sets the data binary pattern used in a MIL-STD-1553 bus search. The pattern is a quoted string of up to 16 characters using only 0, 1, and X.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string pattern to use for the MIL-STD-1553 bus search data value. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:DATa:VALue “01000” SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:DATa:VALue? might return XXXXXXXXXXX01000.
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to ERROR, this command specifies the signaling error type used in the search.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | PARity | SYNC | MANCHester | DATA | Signaling error type to use in the MIL-STD-1553 bus search. |
Specifies the upper limit for the 5-bit remote terminal address field of the Status word when the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus and the qualifier is INrange or OUTrange. The value is a quoted string up to 5 characters using 0, 1, and X; default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string value up to 5 characters. |
Specifies the qualifier used with the MIL-STD-1553 status address field when the bus search condition is set to STATus. This command requires option 3-SRAERO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Sets the Status Address qualifier. |
Specifies the 5-bit remote terminal address value used in a MIL-STD-1553 status search when the qualifier is LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, LESSEQual, or MOREEQual. When the qualifier is INrange or OUTrange, it specifies the lower limit of the range; the upper limit is set with HIVALue. The default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of up to 5 characters using 0, 1, and X. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:ADDRess:VALue "01000"
Specifies the MIL-STD-1553 status word broadcast command received (BCR) bit value, bit 15, to be used in the search when the search condition is set to STATus.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Sets the BCR bit value used in the search; X/NOCARE means don't care, 0/OFF selects 0, and 1/ONE/ON selects 1. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:BCR NOCARE
Sets the status word busy bit value (bit 16) used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus search when the bus search condition is set to STATus. The returned/accepted values are 0, 1, or X (don't care), with X as the default.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Sets the status word busy bit value used in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:BUSY NOCARE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:BUSY?
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word dynamic bus control acceptance (DBCA) bit value (bit 18) to be used in the search. The default is X (don’t care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Sets the DBCA bit search value. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:DBCA SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:DBCA? might return 1.
Specifies the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition status word instrumentation bit value to use in the search. Returned values are 0, 1, or X, with X as the default.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Sets the status word instrumentation bit value used in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:INSTR NOCARE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:INSTR? might return 1.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B status word message error bit value used in the bus search. The value can be 0, 1, or X (don’t care, the default), with synonyms ZERO/ONE/NOCARE and OFF/ON accepted.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Value to use for the status word message error bit in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME? might return 1
Sets the MIL-STD-1553 bus search status word SRQ bit value used in the search. The value may be 0, 1, or X (don't care), with several equivalent keyword forms accepted.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Status word SRQ bit value to use in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:SRQ SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:SRQ? might return 1.
Specifies the status word subsystem flag bit value (bit 17) to be used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus search when the search condition is set to STATus. Returned values are 0, 1, or X (don't care, default).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Status word subsystem flag bit value to use in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:SUBSF NOCARE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:SUBSF? might return 1.
Sets the status word terminal flag bit value used in a MIL-STD-1553 bus search when the search condition is set to STATus. The value can be specified as 0, 1, or X (don’t care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Status word terminal flag bit value to use in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:TF SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:TF? might return 1.
Specifies the MIL-STD-1553 status terminal flag bit value used in the search when the bus search condition is set to STATus. The value can be set to 0, 1, or X (don't care, default).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Sets the status terminal flag bit value used in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:TF SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:TF? might return 1.
Specifies the status parity bit value used in a MIL-STD-1553 bus search when the bus search condition is set to STATus. The returned/accepted value can be 0, 1, or X (don’t care, the default).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Sets the status parity bit value used in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:PARity SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:PARity?
Specifies the status parity bit value used when the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus. Returned values are 0, 1, or X, with X (don’t care) as the default.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Sets the status parity bit value used in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:PARity SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:PARity? might return X, indicating that the parity doesn’t matter.
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies either the minimum remote terminal response time (RT) limit or the minimum inter-message gap (IMG).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | s | Minimum remote terminal response time (RT) or inter-message gap (IMG) in seconds. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:LESSLimit 3.0000e-6 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:LESSLimit?
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies either the minimum remote terminal response time (RT) limit or the minimum inter-message gap (IMG). The RT or IMG is specified in seconds.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | s | Minimum remote terminal response time (RT) or inter-message gap (IMG) limit. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:LESSLimit 3.0000e-6 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:LESSLimit?
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies the maximum remote terminal response time (RT) limit or the maximum inter-message gap (IMG). It is used with the SEARCH<x> bus search setup for option 3-SRAERO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | s | Maximum remote terminal response time (RT) or inter-message gap (IMG) in seconds. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:MORELimit 3.0000e-6
Sets or queries the MIL-STD-1553 bus search time limit used when the search condition is TIME. The value is a floating-point number specifying either the maximum remote terminal response time (RT) or the inter-message gap (IMG) in seconds.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | s | Floating-point time limit to use for the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:MORELimit SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:MORELimit?
Specifies the search data time qualifier when the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to TIMe. It accepts one of four discrete qualifier keywords.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | INrange | OUTrange | Search data time qualifier to use for the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:QUALifier SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:QUALifier?
Specifies the search data time qualifier used when the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to TIMe. This command is available only with option 3-SRAERO.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:QUALifier SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:QUALifier?
Specifies the data value to be used in a Parallel search.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | The binary data string. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:PARallel:VALue?
Specifies the data value to be used in a parallel search. The argument is a binary data string.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Binary data string to use for the parallel search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:PARallel:VALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:PARallel:VALue?
Specifies the condition to be used in an RS-232 search. This command requires option 3-SRCOMP.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | RXSTArt | RXDATA | RXENDPacket | TXSTArt | TXDATA | TXENDPacket | Selects the RS-232 search condition. |
Specifies the condition to be used in an RS-232 search. This command requires option 3-SRCOMP.
Specifies the length of the data string to be used in an RS-232 search when the search condition is RXDATA. The length is given in bytes.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR1> | integer | Bytes | Length of the data string. |
Returns or sets the length of the data string used in an RS-232 search when the search condition is RXDATA. The search number is always 1.
Specifies the data value to be used for an RS-232 search when the search condition is set to RXDATA. SEARCH<x> is the search number, always 1, and B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Binary data string. |
Specifies the data value to be used for an RS-232 search when the condition is set to RXDATA. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1, and B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Binary data string value to search for. |
Specifies the length of the data string used for an RS-232 search when the search condition is set to TXDATA. The search number is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR1> | integer | - | Length of the data string in bytes. |
Specifies the length of the data string to be used for an RS-232 search when the search condition is TXDATA. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe?
Specifies the data-in value used for an SPI search when the search condition is set to MISO or MISOMOSI. The command is documented under the Search group and requires option 3-SREMBD.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Binary data string to use as the search value. |
Specifies the data in value to be used in an SPI search when the search condition is MISO or MISOMOSI.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | QString binary data string. |
Specifies the search condition for an SPI search. The search number is always 1. This command requires option 3-SREMBD.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SS | STARTofframe | MISO | MOSI | MISOMOSI | SPI search condition to use. |
Specifies the search condition for a SPI search. The search number SEARCH<x> is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SS | STARTofframe | MISO | MOSI | MISOMOSI | Search condition to use for the SPI search. |
Specifies the SPI data value to be used in an SPI search. The value is provided as a binary data string.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bin | block | - | Binary data string for the SPI search value. |
Sets or queries the SPI data value used in an SPI search. The binary data string is used for the search condition on the specified bus.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bin | block | - | Binary data string value. |
Specifies the data out value to be used in an SPI search when the search condition is MOSI or MISOMOSI.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bin | string | - | Binary data string to use as the data value. |
Sets or queries the SPI data out value used in an SPI search when the search condition is MOSI or MISOMOSI. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bin | block | - | Binary data string to use as the SPI data out value. |
Sets or queries the SPI data size for the specified search bus trigger. The argument is a byte count.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| count | integer | 0 | Data string length in bytes. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE 8 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE?
Returns the data string length in bytes for the selected SPI search. The setter accepts an NR1 value.
Specifies the upper limit of the address string for the inside-of-range and outside-of-range qualifiers to be used in a USB search. Use the corresponding VALue command to set the lower limit.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | 0000000 - 1111111 | Binary address string within the stated range. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:HIVALUE “0001000” sets the upper limit to binary 0001000 (08 hex). SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:HIVALUE? might return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:HIVALUE “1111111”, which indicates that the upper limit is 1111111 (7F hex).
Specifies the address value for the lower limit for inside-of-range and outside-of-range qualifiers used in a USB search. The search number is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Binary address value within the allowed range 0000000 to 1111111 (00 hex to 7F hex). |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:VALUE “0001000” SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:VALUE? might return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:VALUE “1000000”
Specifies the search condition for a USB search. This command requires option 3-SRUSB2.
Sets the upper limit data value for the inside-of-range and outside-of-range qualifiers used in a USB search when the search condition is DATAPacket. Use the corresponding DATa:VALue command to set the lower limit.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Upper limit data value. |
Specifies the data offset in bytes to search for in a USB search. The minimum and default values are 0 and the maximum is 1024.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | integer | 0 - 1024 | Data offset in bytes to search for in a USB search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:OFFSET 36 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:OFFSET?
Sets or queries the USB search data size for the specified search number. The value is the number of contiguous data bytes to search on.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR1 | integer | 1 - 16 | Search number. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:SIZE 4 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:SIZE? SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:SIZE 6
Specifies the USB data packet type to use in a search when the search condition is set to DATAPacket. It requires option 3-SRUSB2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | ANY | DATA0 | DATA1 | USB data packet type to search on. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:TYPE DATA0
Specifies the lower limit value for the inside-of-range and outside-of-range qualifiers used in a USB search when the search condition is DATAPacket. The search number is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | 00000000 - 11111111 | Binary string value to use for the USB search lower limit. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:VALUE “00001000” sets the binary address to 00001000 (08 hex). SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:VALUE? might return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:VALUE “01000000”, which indicates that the binary address is 0100000 (40 hex).
Queries the binary address value for the USB search endpoint. The address is a QString in the range 0000 to 1111 (00 hex to 0F hex).
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ENDPOINT:VALUE? might return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ENDPOINT:VALUE “1001”, which indicates that the binary address is 1001 (09 hex).
Specifies the USB error type to search for when the search condition is set to ERRor. This command requires option 3-SRUSB2.
Specifies the handshake type to be used in a USB search. The search number is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| handshake type | enum | ANY | NAK | ACK | STALL | Selects which USB handshake type the oscilloscope will search for. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:HANDSHAKETYPE ACK sets the handshake type to acknowledgement. SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:HANDSHAKETYPE? might return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:HANDSHAKETYPE STALL, indicating that the handshake type is set to stall.
Specifies the qualifier used for a USB search on address, endpoint, or data. The qualifier determines whether the search looks for less than, greater than, equal, unequal, inclusive range, or outside range conditions.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:QUALIFIER?
Specifies the value for the USB start-of-frame number used in a search when the search condition is TOKENPacket and the token type is SOF (Start of Frame). The search number is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | 000 0000 0000 - 111 1111 1111 | Start-of-frame number value. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:SOFFRAMENUMBER SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:SOFFRAMENUMBER? might return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:SOFFRAMENUMBER “00000001001”, which indicates that the start of frame number is 00000001001 (009 hex).
Sets or queries the special packet type used for USB search on the specified search and bus. The allowed values are ANY, PREamble, and RESERVed.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS1:USB:SPECIALTYPE PREAMBLE sets the special packet type to preamble. SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS1:USB:SPECIALTYPE? might return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS1:USB:SPECIALTYPE PREAMBLE, indicating that the special type is set to preamble.
When searching on a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies the split transaction endpoint type value to search for.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS1:USB:SPLIT:ET:VALUE BULK SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS1:USB:SPLIT:ET:VALUE?
Returns the split transaction hub address value to search for when searching on a high-speed USB split transaction. The value can be up to 7 characters long, and the default is all X's (don't care).
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:HUB:VALue? might return XXXXXXX, indicating that the hub address value to search for doesn’t matter.
Returns or sets the split transaction hub address value used for USB split transaction search. The value is a quoted string up to 7 characters long, using only 0 and 1.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:PORT:VALue “001010” SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:PORT:VALue? might return XXXXXXX
Specifies the split-transaction start/complete bit field value to search for in a high-speed USB split transaction. The default is NOCARE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | NOCARE | SSPLIT | CSPLIT | Selects whether to search for either phase, the start phase, or the complete phase of the split transaction. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:SC:VALue SSPLIT SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:SC:VALue? might indicate NOCARE, specifying that it doesn’t matter whether to search for the start or complete phase of the split transaction.
Specifies the USB split transaction SE value to use in a search. The query form returns the present SE split transaction value.
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:SE:VALue ISOEND SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:SE:VALue? might return FULLSPEED.
Specifies the USB token type to be used in a USB search. The token type can be any, start of frame, out, in, or setup.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| tokenType | enum | ANY | SOF | OUT | IN | SETUP | USB token type to use in the search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:TOKENType ANY SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:TOKENType?
Specifies the source of a bus search. <x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | B1 | B2 | B3 | B4 | Bus source to use for the search. |
Specifies the source of a bus search. <x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | B1 | B2 | B3 | B4 | Selects the bus source. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:TOKENTYPE SETUP SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:TOKENTYPE? might return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:TOKENTYPE SOF if the token type is SOF.
Sets the edge trigger slope used for an edge search. The slice shows the possible slope choices as rising, falling, or either edge.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| slope | enum | RISe | FALL | EITHer | Selects the edge polarity used for the search trigger. |
Returns the trigger slope for an edge search. The manual lists the available slope choices as rising, falling, or either edge.
Specifies the source waveform to be used in an edge search. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | MATH | REF<x> | D<x> | RF_AMPlitude | RF_FREQuency | RF_PHASe | Source waveform to use for the edge search. |
Specifies the source waveform to be used in an edge search. Search number x is always 1.
Sets the threshold level used when searching on an analog waveform for search number x. x can be 1 to 4.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | V | Threshold level to search for, in volts, when using a numeric value. |
| modeopt | enum | ECL | TTL | Selects a preset threshold level instead of a numeric voltage. |
Sets the threshold level used when searching on an analog waveform for channel x. x can be 1 to 4.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | enum | <NR3> | ECL | TTL | Threshold level to search for on channel x. |
Sets the threshold level used when searching on the math waveform. The value may be entered as a floating-point voltage or as the preset ECL or TTL high level.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | enum | <NR3> | ECL | TTL | Threshold level to search for on a math waveform. |
Sets the threshold level used when searching on a reference waveform. The value can be entered as a floating-point voltage or as the preset ECL/TTL levels.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | V | Threshold level to search for on a reference waveform. |
| mode | enum | ECL | TTL | Preset threshold level keyword. |
Specifies the logic operator to be used in a logic search. The search number <x> is always 1.
Specifies the logic level condition to be used in a logic search when the input is an analog channel. SEARCH<x> is always 1, and CH<x> can be 1–4.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | HIGH | LOW | X | Logic state for the analog channel input. |
Specifies the clock edge condition used in a logic search. The search number <x> is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| edge | enum | FALL | RISe | Selects the edge polarity for the clock condition. |
Specifies the clock source used in a logic search. If a clock source is defined, the search is determined by the state of the other inputs at the clock transition; otherwise it is determined only by the input states.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | MATH | REF<x> | NONe | D<x> | RF_AMPlitude | RF_FREQuency | RF_PHASe | Clock source to use for the logic search. |
This command specifies the logic condition to be used in a logic search when the input is a digital channel. The digital channel number D<x> can be D0 through D16.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | HIGH | LOW | X | Logic condition for the specified digital channel. |
Specifies the logic condition of the math input used in a logic search. <x> is the search number and is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | HIGH | LOW | X | Logic condition to use for the math input. |
Specifies the logic condition of the reference waveform used in a logic search. SEARCH<x> is always 1, and REF<x> is the reference channel number, which can be 1–4.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | HIGH | LOW | X | Sets the logic level condition. |
This command specifies the logic condition to be used in a logic search when the input is an analog channel. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1, and CH<x> is the analog channel number, which can be 1–4.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 1 | Search number, always 1. |
| x | integer | 1 - 4 | Analog channel number. |
Specifies the qualifier used for a logic pattern search. Search number <x> is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | TRUe | FALSe | LESSthan | Than | EQual | UNEQual | Selects when a mark is placed based on the logic pattern state and timing limits. |
Specifies the maximum time that the selected pattern may be true and still generate an A logic pattern search mark. <x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | - | Maximum amount of time to hold the pattern true. |
Specifies the minimum time that the selected pattern may be true and still generate an A logic pattern search to place a mark. Search number is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 1 | Search number, which is always 1. |
| limit | real | - | Minimum amount of time to hold the pattern true. |
Specifies the channel threshold level for a logic search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is always 1, and CH<x> can be 1–4.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Threshold level for the selected logic search channel. |
Specifies the math waveform threshold level for a logic search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number and is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| TTLopt | enum | TTL | Preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. |
This command specifies the reference waveform threshold level for a logic search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1, and REF<x> is the reference channel number, which can be 1–4.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| TTLopt | enum | TTL | Preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. |
Specifies the lower threshold of the channel waveform used in a search. The setting applies to all channel searches that use a lower threshold.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 4 | Channel number. |
Specifies the math waveform lower threshold used to determine where to place a mark. The setting applies to all math searches that use a lower threshold.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| TTL | enum | TTL | Preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. |
This command specifies the reference waveform lower threshold to determine where to place a mark. The setting is applied to all reference searches that use a lower threshold.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| search number | integer | 1 - 1 | Search number, always 1. |
| reference channel number | integer | 1 - 4 | Reference channel number, 1–4. |
| qualifier | enum | TTL | Preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. |
Sets the upper limit, in seconds, for pulse-width searches in the record. Use it together with SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit to define the range.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| highlimit | real | s | Higher value of the pulse-width range. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:HIGHLimit 110.0E-9
Specifies the lower limit, in seconds, when searching the record for pulses whose widths are within or outside of a specified range of two values. Use the corresponding HIGHLimit command to set the upper limit of the range.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | s | Lower value of the pulse-width range. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit 100.0E-9
Specifies the polarity for a pulse search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | NEGative | POSitive | Sets whether a mark is placed only for negative or positive pulse polarity. |
Specifies the source waveform for a pulse search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | MATH | REF<x> | D<x> | Source waveform for the pulse search. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce
Specifies how to search the waveform record for pulse widths relative to a set width or to a range defined by low and high limits.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | WIThin | OUTside | Selects whether pulse widths are less than, greater than, equal to, unequal to, within, or outside the specified width or limits. |
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn LESSTHAN 2.0000E-9 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn? might return SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WHEN GREATER THAN
Specifies the pulse width setting, in seconds, used when searching the waveform record for pulses of a certain width. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| width | real | s | Pulse width to search for. |
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth 5.0E-6 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth?
Specifies the polarity setting for a runt search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | EITher | NEGative | POSitive | Polarity setting used for the runt search. |
Specifies the source setting for a runt search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | MATH | REF<x> | RF_AMPlitude | RF_FREQuency | RF_PHASe | Runt search source. |
Specifies the condition setting for a runt search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | LESSthan | than | EQual | UNEQual | OCCURS | Selects the runt-search condition. |
Specifies the width setting for a runt search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| width | real | s | Minimum width for the runt search. |
This command specifies the clock slope setting for a setup/hold search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| edge | enum | FALL | RISe | Selects the clock edge polarity for the setup/hold search. |
Specifies the clock source setting for a setup/hold search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | MATH | REF<x> | D<x> | RF_AMPlitude | RF_FREQuency | RF_PHASe | Clock source waveform for the setup/hold search. |
This command specifies the clock threshold setting for a setup/hold search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | enum | TTL | ECL | Selects a preset threshold level or a user-specified floating-point level in volts. |
Specifies the data source for a setup/hold search so the instrument can determine where to place a mark. The same source cannot be used for both clock and data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | MATH | REF<x> | D<x> | RF_AMPlitude | RF_FREQuency | RF_PHASe | Selects the data source for the setup/hold search. |
Specifies the data threshold setting for a setup/hold search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | V | Floating point threshold level in volts. |
| state | enum | TTL | Preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. |
Specifies the hold time setting for a setup/hold search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| hold time | real | s | Floating point hold time setting in seconds; positive values occur after the clock edge and negative values occur before it. |
This command specifies the setup time setting for a setup/hold search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | s | Setup time for setup and hold violation searching. |
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime <NR3>
Specifies the search setup and hold threshold for the selected reference waveform, helping determine where to place search marks. Search<x> is always 1 and REF<x> selects reference waveform 1 to 4.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR3> | real | V | Floating point lower threshold in volts. |
Specifies the search setup and hold threshold for the selected waveform. Search<x> is always 1, and the threshold is a lower threshold in volts.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | V | Lower threshold in volts. |
Specifies the polarity used when searching with the TIMEOut search type. Search<x> is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | STAYSHigh | STAYSLow | EITher | Polarity to use for the timeout search. |
When searching using the TIMEOut search type, this command specifies the source. The available sources are live channels, reference waveforms, the math waveform, or the digital channels; the default is channel 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | MATH | REF<x> | D<x> | RF_AMPlitude | RF_FREQuency | RF_PHASe | Selects the waveform source used for timeout searching. |
Specifies the timeout time, in seconds, when using the TIMEOut search type. The timeout search type is selected with SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TYPe; SEARCH<x> is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time | real | 4.0E-9 s - 8.0 s | Timeout time in seconds. |
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:TIMe 4.0E-9 specifies the timeout time of 4.0 nsec. SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:TIMe? might return 8.0000E-9, which is the default.
Specifies the transition delta time setting used as the value to compare against when a transition time is found. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
This command specifies the polarity setting for a transition search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | EITher | NEGative | POSitive | Sets whether the transition search uses either polarity, negative polarity, or positive polarity. |
Specifies the source for a transition search to determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | MATH | REF<x> | RF_AMPlitude | RF_FREQuency | RF_PHASe | Source used for the transition search. |
Specifies the search type used to determine where to place a mark. The default search type is EDGe, and SEARCH<x> is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | EDGe | PULSEWidth | SETHold | RUNt | TRANsition | LOGIc | TIMEOut | BUS | Search type to use for mark placement. |
Specifies the condition for a transition search. SEARCH<x> is the search number, which is always 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | SLOWer | FASTer | EQual | UNEQual | Sets the search to occur when the transitioning signal is slower than, faster than, equal to, or not equal to the set volts/second rate. |
Specifies the channel waveform upper threshold used to determine where to place a mark for channel searches. The setting applies to all channel searches that use an upper threshold.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| TTL | enum | TTL | Specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. |
Specifies the math waveform upper threshold used to determine where to place a mark. The setting applies to all math waveform searches that use an upper threshold.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| TTL | enum | TTL | Preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. |
Specifies the reference waveform upper threshold used to determine where to place a mark for reference waveform searches that use an upper threshold. SEARCH<x> is the search number, always 1, and REF<x> is the reference channel number, 1 to 4.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | TTL | Preset TTL high level of 1.4 V. |
Sets the ARINC 429A trigger condition for the selected search trigger. The factory default value is START.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | START | ARINC 429A trigger condition. |
Sets the data qualifier for the ARINC429A bus trigger data condition. The factory default is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | EQUAL | Data qualifier for the ARINC429A trigger data condition. |
Sets the ARINC 429 data value trigger condition for SEARCH1 trigger A on bus B1. The factory default is ANY.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | ANY | ARINC 429 data value trigger selection. |
Sets the ARINC 429 A error type for bus B1 trigger search 1. The factory default value is "XXXXXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| errtype | string | - | ARINC 429 A error type value. |
Sets the high-value label setting for ARINC429A trigger search on bus B1 within SEARCH1. The factory default shown is blank/not specified beyond the command listing.
Sets the label qualifier for ARINC429A triggering on bus B1. The factory default is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | EQUAL | Qualifier for the ARINC429A label trigger. |
Sets the label value used by the ARINC 429 trigger for bus B1 on source A. The factory default value is "XX".
Sets the ARINC 429 SDI trigger value for SEARCH1 bus B1. The factory default is "XX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| SDI | string | - | ARINC 429 source/destination identifier value. |
Sets the audio trigger condition for bus B1 on Search1 trigger A. The factory default is SOF.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SOF | Audio trigger condition. |
Sets the high-value threshold for audio data triggering on bus B1. This is the factory default value shown in the defaults table.
Sets the default offset used for SEARCH1 bus trigger A on bus B1 AUDIO DATA. The factory default value is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | real | 0 | Offset value for the AUDIO DATA search trigger. |
Sets the qualifier default value for the search trigger bus B1 audio data condition. The factory default is EQUAL.
Sets the audio bus data value used by the search trigger. The factory default is EITHER.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | EITHER | Audio data value setting. |
Sets the audio data word used for bus trigger/search on SEARCH1, A bus, B1. The factory default value is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| word | integer | 0 | Audio data word value. |
Sets the CAN trigger condition for bus B1. The factory default is SOF.
Sets the CAN data direction used for trigger search on bus B1. The factory default is NOCARE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | NOCARE | CAN data direction for the trigger search. |
Sets the CAN data offset used by the search trigger on bus B1. The factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | integer | 0 | CAN data offset. |
Sets the CAN data qualifier used by the search trigger on bus B1. The factory default is EQUAL.
Sets the default value for the CAN data size search parameter in bus trigger A, bus B1. The factory default is "XXXXXXXX".
Sets the CAN data value used by the bus trigger search on bus B1. The factory default is X.
Sets the CAN FD BRS bit match condition used by the search trigger. The factory default value is X.
Sets the CAN FD ESI bit search condition for bus B1. The factory default is DATA.
Sets the CAN frame type used for the bus trigger search on bus B1. The factory default is NORMAL for the corresponding FlexRay frame type, but this page only lists the CAN:FRAMETYPE item without further syntax details.
Sets the CAN identifier mode for bus B1 trigger search. The factory default is STANDARD.
Sets or queries the CAN identifier value used for bus trigger matching. The factory default for this item is shown in the table as "XXXXXXXXXXX".
Sets the FlexRay trigger condition for bus B1. The factory default is SOF.
Sets the FlexRay cycle count high value used by the search trigger on bus B1. The factory default is 0.
Sets the qualifier used with the FlexRay cycle count trigger search on bus B1. The factory default is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | EQUAL | Qualifier for the FlexRay cycle count comparison. |
Sets the FlexRay cycle count value used by the trigger search condition. The factory default is "XXXXXXXX".
Sets the high value used by the FlexRay data trigger search condition. The factory default is -1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| hivalue | integer | -1 | High value for the FlexRay data search condition. |
Sets the default offset used for FlexRay data matching on bus B1. The factory default value is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | integer | 0 | FlexRay data offset. |
Sets the FlexRay data size used by the search trigger on bus B1. The factory default is "XXXXXXXX".
Sets or returns the FlexRay data value used for the trigger search condition on bus B1. The factory default is not stated in this slice.
Sets the default value for the FlexRay EOF type in search trigger bus B1. The factory default is STATIC.
Sets the FlexRay error type used for bus trigger search on bus B1. The factory default is CRCHEADER.
Sets the default high value for the FlexRay frame ID trigger condition. The factory default is not shown in this slice.
Sets or queries the qualifier used for FlexRay frame ID matching in Search1 trigger A bus B1. The factory default is EQUAL.
Sets the FlexRay frame ID value used for trigger search on bus B1. The factory default is shown in the appendix table.
Sets the FlexRay frame type used by the search trigger on bus B1. The default value is NORMAL.
Sets the default value for the FlexRay header CRC search parameter. The page slice only lists the factory default value and does not provide syntax, range, or behavior details.
Sets the FlexRay header cycle count used for the search trigger on bus B1. The factory default is "XXXXXXXXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| cyclecount | string | - | FlexRay header cycle count value. |
Sets or indicates the default value for the FlexRay header frame ID trigger field. The factory-default value shown for this item is "XXXXX".
Sets the default value for the FlexRay header payload length trigger field. The factory default is ADDR7.
Sets the I2C address mode for bus B1 trigger search on Search1. The factory default value is USER.
Sets the I2C address type used by the bus trigger on bus B1. The factory default is USER.
Sets the I2C address value used for bus trigger search on SEARCH1, Trigger A, Bus B1. The default value listed in the factory defaults table is "XXXXXXX".
Sets the I2C trigger condition for bus B1 in Search1 trigger A. The default value listed for this command is START.
Sets the I2C data direction for bus trigger condition A on bus B1. The factory default is NOCARE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | NOCARE | I2C data direction setting. |
Sets the I2C data size used by the bus trigger definition. The factory default value is "XXXXXXXX".
Sets the I2C data value used for bus trigger search on bus B1. The factory default value is shown in Appendix C.
Sets the condition used for LIN bus trigger search on bus B1. The factory default is SYNCFIELD.
Sets the high value used for LIN data qualification in Bus B1 trigger search. This page shows the factory default value for the command.
Sets the LIN data qualifier used in bus trigger search setup. The default value shown in the factory defaults table is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | EQUAL | LIN data qualifier. |
Sets the default size value for LIN bus data under search trigger configuration. The factory default for this item is "XXXXXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | integer | - | Size of the LIN data field. |
Sets the LIN data value used in search trigger setup for bus B1. The factory default is shown in the default-values table.
Sets or returns the LIN error type used for bus trigger qualification on SEARCH1 trigger A bus B1. The factory default is SYNC.
Sets the LIN identifier value used by the bus trigger search definition. The factory default is shown as "XXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | - | LIN identifier value. |
Sets the high value used for the MIL-STD-1553B command address trigger condition. This appears in the factory defaults table only; no syntax or range information is given on this page.
Sets the qualifier for the MIL-STD-1553B command address search condition. The factory default value is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | EQUAL | Qualifier used for the command address search condition. |
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B command address value used by the search trigger on bus B1. The factory default is "XXXXX".
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B command count used for search triggering on bus B1. The factory default value is X.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| count | integer | - | MIL-STD-1553B command count. |
Sets the parity used for the MIL-STD-1553B command trigger criterion. The factory default is shown in the default-values table.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B command subaddress used in trigger search settings. The factory default is X.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| subaddress | integer | - | MIL-STD-1553B command subaddress value. |
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B trigger bit used for bus trigger qualification. The factory default value is shown in the appendix table.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B bus trigger condition for bus B1. The factory default value shown for this item is SYNC.
Sets the parity pattern used for MIL-STD-1553B data trigger matching on bus B1. This is a factory-default value for the corresponding trigger setting.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| parity | string | - | Parity pattern for MIL-STD-1553B data comparison. |
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B error type used for trigger search on bus B1.
Sets the high-value threshold used for the MIL-1553B status address condition in Search1 trigger bus B1. The factory default is shown in the appendix defaults table.
Sets the qualifier for the MIL-STD-1553B status address condition used by the search trigger. The factory default value shown for this item is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | EQUAL | Qualifier used for the MIL1553B status address comparison. |
Sets the value used for the MIL-STD-1553B status-address trigger condition. The factory default for this item is shown in the defaults table, but no syntax or range details are provided in the slice.
Sets or queries the MIL-1553B status-bit trigger selection for bit BCR. The default value shown in the factory-defaults table is X.
Sets the MIL-1553B status-bit condition used for bus B1 trigger search. The listed factory default for the BUSY bit is X.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B status-bit condition used for bus trigger searching on bus B1. The default value shown in the factory-defaults table for the DBCA bit is X.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | - | Status bit selection for the MIL-STD-1553B trigger search. |
Sets or queries the MIL-STD-1553B status bit trigger condition for the instruction bit. The factory default for this item is X.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B status-bit ME condition used for search trigger qualification. The factory default value is X.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B status-bit trigger condition for bus B1 in Search1 trigger A. The factory default for the SRQ bit is X.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | X - X | Status-bit value for SRQ. |
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B status-bit trigger condition for bus B1. The default value table shows a default of X for this parameter.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| subsf | integer | - | MIL-STD-1553B status bit SUBSF trigger value. |
Sets or queries the TF status-bit trigger value for MIL-STD-1553B bus trigger searches. The factory default for this parameter is X.
Sets the parity status condition used for MIL-STD-1553B bus trigger search on bus B1. The factory default is 4.0000E-6.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B trigger time less-than limit for bus B1. The factory default value is 12.0000E-6.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| limit | real | s | Time threshold used as the less-than limit. |
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B time qualifier used by the search trigger. The default value is MORETHAN.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | MORETHAN | Time qualifier setting. |
Sets the default qualifier for the MIL-STD-1553B time search trigger. The factory default is MORETHAN.
Sets or displays the parallel bus trigger value for Search 1, Trigger A, Bus B1. The factory default value is not shown in the slice.
Sets the RS232C bus trigger condition for SEARCH1, BUS B1. The default value is TXSTART.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | TXSTART | RS232C trigger condition. |
Sets the receive data size for RS232C bus trigger search on Search1, Bus B1. The factory default is "XXXXXXXX".
Sets or shows the RS232C received data value used in search trigger bus B1. The factory default value is 1.
Sets the RS232C transmit data size for the selected bus trigger search setup. The factory default is "XXXXXXXX".
Sets the RS232C TX data value used for search trigger bus B1. The factory default value is not shown in the slice.
Sets the SPI trigger condition for bus B1. The default value is SS.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SS | SPI trigger condition. |
Sets the SPI MISO data value used for trigger search on bus B1. The factory default value is "XXXXXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | SPI MISO data value. |
Sets or shows the default MOSI data value used for SPI bus trigger conditions. The factory default is 1.
Sets the size of SPI data used for bus trigger search on bus B1. This command is a factory-default entry for the trigger search configuration.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | string | - | SPI data size setting. |
Sets the upper value used for USB address search triggering on SEARCH1, trigger A, bus B1. The factory default is "XXXXXXX".
Sets or shows the USB address value used by the search trigger condition. The factory default table lists this item but does not provide a documented value or range here.
Sets the USB bus trigger condition for SEARCH1 trigger A on bus B1. The default value shown in the factory defaults table is SYNC.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SYNC | USB trigger condition. |
Sets the USB data offset used for the SEARCH1 trigger bus B1 condition. The factory default value is 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | integer | - | USB data offset value. |
Sets the USB data size used in the SEARCH1 trigger bus B1 condition. The factory default value is ANY.
Sets the USB data type used by the SEARCH1 trigger bus condition. The factory default value is shown as "XXXXXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | string | - | USB data type. |
Sets the USB data value used for the SEARCH1 trigger bus B1 condition. The factory default value is "XXXX".
Sets the USB endpoint value used by the bus trigger search. The factory default is PID.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | PID | USB endpoint value. |
Sets the USB error type used for Bus B1 trigger search. The factory default is ANY.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| errtype | enum | ANY | USB error type to match. |
Sets the qualifier for the USB trigger condition on bus B1 in Search1 trigger A. The factory default is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | EQUAL | Selects the USB trigger qualifier. |
Sets the USB SOF frame number search condition for bus B1. The default value shown is ANY.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| SOFFRAMENUMBER | enum | ANY | USB SOF frame number search condition. |
Sets the USB special trigger type for bus B1. The factory default is ANY.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| specialtype | enum | ANY | USB special trigger type. |
Sets the USB token type used for the search trigger. The factory default value is not shown on this page slice.
Sets the trigger source for Search1 A bus triggering.
Sets the trigger slope for the A edge trigger in Search1. The factory default is RISE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| slope | enum | RISE | Trigger edge slope selection. |
Sets the source for trigger A edge triggering. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | Trigger source for edge triggering. |
Sets the trigger A level for the search1 trigger source. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Trigger level value. |
Sets the trigger level for source CH1 in Search1 trigger A. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
Sets the trigger level for the math waveform source in Search 1 Trigger A. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Trigger level for the MATH source. |
Sets the trigger level reference for SEARCH1 trigger A. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Trigger level reference value. |
Selects the logic function used for trigger A. The default value is AND.
Sets the default value for the CH1 logic input under SEARCH1 trigger A. The factory defaults table lists this item with default value X.
Sets the default edge value for the SEARCH1 logic trigger input clock. The factory default is RISE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| EDGE | enum | RISE | Edge selection for the clock input. |
Sets the source for the logic clock input used by Search1 trigger A. The factory default is NONE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | NONE | Clock source selection. |
Sets the factory default value for the digital logic input D10 under SEARCH1 trigger A. The slice only lists the default value, not the command syntax or data type.
Sets the logic input source for SEARCH1 trigger A to MATH. The factory default for this input is X.
Sets the reference input used by the SEARCH1 trigger A logic input. The factory default is X.
Sets the default value for the specified logic pattern input. The factory-default entry for this input is X.
Sets or queries the time at which the logic pattern trigger occurs. The factory default value is 8.0000E-9.
Sets the lower limit used by the SEARCH1 logic pattern trigger timing window. The factory default is 8.0000E-9.
Sets the upper limit used for the trigger A logic pattern "WHEN" condition. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
Sets the trigger threshold for channel 1 in SEARCH1 trigger A logic triggering. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| channel | real | - | Threshold value for CH1. |
Sets the trigger threshold for the MATH waveform source in Search1, Trigger A logic triggering. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Threshold level for the MATH source. |
Sets the threshold level for the SEARCH1 trigger A logic source on REF1. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
Sets the lower threshold for search trigger A on channel 1. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| channel | enum | CH1 | Channel selection for the lower threshold. |
Sets the lower threshold used for SEARCH1 trigger A on the MATH source. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Lower threshold level for the MATH trigger source. |
Sets or shows the lower threshold for trigger A on reference source 1. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
Sets the low time limit for pulsewidth triggering on SEARCH1 trigger A. The factory default value is 8.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| lowlimit | real | s | Lower limit for the pulsewidth trigger timing window. |
Sets the polarity for the pulse-width trigger in Search 1, Trigger A. The factory default is POSITIVE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | POSITIVE | Selects the pulse-width trigger polarity. |
Sets or queries the pulse-width trigger condition used in Search1 trigger A. The default value listed in the factory defaults table is 8.0000E-9.
Sets the pulse-width trigger width value for Search1 trigger A. The factory default value is 8.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| width | real | s | Pulse-width trigger width. |
Sets the polarity used by the A runt trigger in Search1. The factory default is POSITIVE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | POSITIVE | Runt trigger polarity. |
Sets the runt trigger condition for Search1 trigger A. The factory default for this setting is OCCURS.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | OCCURS | Runt trigger when condition. |
Sets the runt trigger width setting for Search1 Trigger A. The factory default value is listed in the appendix table.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| width | real | s | Runt trigger width. |
Sets the clock edge used for the set-hold trigger A condition. The factory default is RISE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| edge | enum | RISE | Clock edge selection for the set-hold trigger. |
Sets the holdoff clock source for the SEARCH1 trigger A set-hold function. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | Clock source used for the set-hold timing reference. |
Sets or queries the clock threshold used for the A set-hold trigger search on Search1. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
Sets the data source used for the SEARCH1 trigger A set/hold condition. The factory default is NONE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | NONE | Data source for the set/hold trigger condition. |
Sets the data threshold used for the set-hold trigger in Search1 trigger A. The factory default value is 8.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Data threshold value for the set-hold trigger. |
Sets the hold time used by the set-hold trigger A configuration. The factory default value is 8.0000E-9.
Sets the set/hold trigger time. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| settime | real | - | Set/hold trigger set time. |
Sets the holdoff threshold for channel 1 in the SEARCH1 trigger A set/hold setup. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Holdoff threshold for CH1. |
Sets the hold threshold for the math source in the search trigger A set/reset hold configuration. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Hold threshold level for the math source. |
Sets the set/hold trigger threshold for reference waveform 1. The factory default value for this threshold is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| ref1 | real | - | Threshold level for reference waveform 1. |
Sets the timeout trigger polarity for search 1, trigger A. The factory default is STAYSHIGH.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | STAYSHIGH | Timeout trigger polarity. |
Sets the timeout trigger time for Search1 trigger A. The factory default value shown is 8.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time | real | s | Timeout time setting. |
Sets the delta-time threshold used by transition trigger A under Search 1. The factory default is 8.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| deltatime | real | s | Delta-time threshold for the transition trigger. |
Sets the transition polarity used for the A trigger search condition. The factory default is POSITIVE.
Sets the transition condition used for Search1 trigger A. The default value is SLOWER.
Sets the trigger type to edge for SEARCH1 trigger A. The factory default is 800.0000E-3.
Sets the upper threshold for trigger A on channel 1. The factory default value is 800.0000E-3.
Sets the upper threshold for Search1 trigger A on the MATH source. The factory default is 800.0000E-3.
Sets the upper threshold reference for Search1 trigger A. The factory default value is 800.0000E-3.
Sets the USB address high-value used by search trigger A on bus B<x>. The command is part of the USB serial triggering and analysis option.
Sets the USB address value used by the search trigger for bus B<x>. The command is part of the USB serial triggering and analysis option.
Sets the USB trigger condition for search trigger A on bus B<x>. The command is part of the USB Serial Triggering and Analysis Module option.
Sets the high-value criterion for USB data search triggering on bus B<x>. The slice lists this command as part of the USB serial triggering and analysis option, but provides no further syntax or value details.
Sets the USB data offset used for USB bus search or trigger conditions. This command is part of the USB Serial Triggering and Analysis Module option.
Sets the USB data size used by the search trigger. The command is available with the 3-SRUSB2 USB Serial Triggering and Analysis Module.
Sets the USB data type used for search trigger conditions on bus B<x>. The command is part of the USB Serial Triggering and Analysis Module option.
Sets the USB data value used by the search trigger on bus B<x>. This command is part of the USB serial triggering and analysis option.
Sets the USB endpoint value used by the search trigger condition for bus B<x>. This command is part of the USB Serial Triggering and Analysis Module option.
Sets the USB error type used for search-triggering on the selected BUS B<x> source. This command is part of the USB serial triggering and analysis option command set.
Sets the USB handshake type used in the trigger/search USB bus condition for bus B<x>. This command is listed under the 3-SRUSB2 option-enabled USB serial triggering and analysis module.
Sets the USB qualifier for search-trigger conditions on bus B<x>. This command is part of the USB Serial Triggering and Analysis Module option.
Sets the USB search trigger SOF frame number for bus B<x>. This command is part of the USB Serial Triggering and Analysis Module search trigger tree.
Sets the USB special packet type used by the USB search trigger. This command is available with the 3-SRUSB2 option.
Sets the USB split-transaction ET value for a bus search trigger. This command is part of the USB Serial Triggering and Analysis Module option.
Sets the USB split hub value for the selected search trigger. This command is listed under the 3-SRUSB2 application module commands.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | - | - |
Sets the USB split-transaction PORT value for the selected bus search trigger. This command is part of the USB trigger/search option-enabled command set.
Sets the split-transaction split-complete value for USB bus trigger/search setup.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | - | Split-complete value used in USB split transaction trigger/search conditions. |
Sets the USB split setup's SE value for the specified bus search trigger. The command is listed under the USB Serial Triggering and Analysis Module option commands.
Sets the USB token type used for search-triggering on the selected bus. This command is listed for the 3-SRUSB2 option-enabled USB serial triggering and analysis module.
Sets the condition used when triggering on an ARINC429 bus signal. The condition can be word start, label, matching data, word end, or error.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | word start | label | matching data | word end | error | Condition to use for ARINC429 bus triggering. |
This command specifies the high value to use when triggering on an ARINC429 bus data field.
Sets the qualifier to use when triggering on an ARINC429 bus data field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | < | > | = | <= | >= | not = | in range | out of range | Qualifier used for the ARINC429 data-field trigger condition. |
Sets the low value used when triggering on an ARINC429 bus data field.
Specifies the error type to use when triggering on an ARINC429 bus signal.
Specifies the high value used when triggering on an ARINC429 bus label field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | - | High label-field value. |
Sets the qualifier used when triggering on an ARINC429 bus label field. The qualifier options are less than, greater than, equal, less than or equal, greater than or equal, not equal, in range, and out of range.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | < | > | = | <= | >= | not = | in range | out of range | Selects the comparison used for the ARINC429 bus label field trigger. |
This command specifies the low value to use when triggering on an ARINC429 bus label field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | - | Low value used for ARINC429 bus label triggering. |
This command specifies the SDI portion of the packet data to be used when triggering on ARINC429 bus data.
This command specifies the SSM portion of the packet data to be used when triggering on an ARINC429 bus data.
Sets the condition used when triggering on an audio bus signal. The condition can be start of frame or matching data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | start of frame | matching data | Condition used for audio bus triggering. |
Sets the upper word value used when triggering on an audio bus signal.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | - | Upper word value to be used for audio bus triggering. |
Sets the data offset value used when triggering on an audio bus signal.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | integer | - | Data offset value used for audio bus triggering. |
Forces a trigger event to occur. If TRIGger:STATE is set to READy, the acquisition will complete; otherwise the command is ignored.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| FORCe | enum | FORCe | Creates a trigger event. |
TRIGGER FORCE forces a trigger event to occur.
Sets the A trigger level automatically to 50% of the range of the minimum and maximum values of the trigger input signal. For the query form, returns current A trigger parameters.
TRIGGER FORCE forces a trigger event to occur.
Forces a trigger event to occur. If TRIGger:STATE is set to READy, the acquisition will complete; otherwise the command is ignored.
TRIGGER FORCE forces a trigger event to occur.
Selects the A trigger bus source and exposes bus-specific trigger settings beneath it. The slice shows it as part of the trigger A hierarchy and gives an example setting the source to B1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | B1 | Bus trigger source. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:SOURCE B1
Sets the A trigger level to 50% of the range between the minimum and maximum values of the trigger input signal. The query returns a long response containing A trigger parameters.
TRIGGER:A SETLEVEL TRIGGER:A?
Queries the bus type to trigger on. The bus can be one of several serial trigger types, including I2C, SPI, CAN, RS232C, PARallel, USB, LIN, FLEXRay, AUDio, ETHERnet, or MIL1553B.
Sets the trigger condition for ARINC 429 bus data on bus B<x>. B<x> is the bus number.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | STARt | END | LABel | DATA | LABELANDDATA | ERRor | Selects the trigger condition to use. |
Specifies the upper value of the trigger range for the ARINC429A data field when the trigger condition is DATA or LABELANDDATA and the qualifier is INrange or OUTrange. The default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of 19, 21, or 23 bits using 0, 1, and X; replaces the least significant bits of the stored value. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:DATA:HIVALue "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX1000" sets the upper limit of the range to XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX1000. TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:DATA:HIVALue? might return "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX".
Specifies the qualifier used when triggering on the ARINC429 data field(s). The trigger condition must be set to DATA or LABELANDDATA, and the default qualifier is Equal to.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Sets the data qualifier to the selected comparison or range condition. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:DATA:QUALifier LESSthan sets the TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:DATA:QUALifier? might return EQUAL
Returns the current low value used when triggering on the ARINC429 bus data field(s). The value is a quoted string of 19, 21, or 23 bits, with 0, 1, and X as the allowed characters.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:DATA:VALue? might return "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX".
Returns the current ARINC429A error type trigger setting for bus B<x>. The value may be ANY, GAP, WORD, or PARity.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:ARINC429A:ERRTYPE? might return PARity.
Sets or queries the high-value limit of the ARINC429 label range for trigger A bus B<x>. The bits specified in the quoted string replace the least significant bits, leaving unspecified upper bits unchanged.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Quoted 8-bit string made up of 0, 1, and X; specified bits replace the least significant bits. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:LABel:HIVALue "XXXX1000" TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:LABel:HIVALue?
Specifies the qualifier used when triggering on the ARINC429 label field. The trigger condition must be set to LABel or LABELANDDATA; the default qualifier is "Equal to".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | Equal | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Selects how the ARINC429 label field is compared for triggering. |
Specifies the low value used when triggering on the ARINC429 bus label field. The trigger condition must be set to LABEL or LABELANDDATA; the default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of 8 bits; allowable characters are 0, 1, and X. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:LABel:VALue "XXXX1000" TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:LABel:VALue? might return "XXXXXXXX"
Specifies the SDI field value used when triggering on ARINC429 bus data fields. The trigger condition must be DATA or LABELANDDATA, and B<x> is the bus number.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of 2 bits used to set the SDI field; allowable characters are 0, 1, and X. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:SDI "X0" sets the SDI field value to X0. TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:SDI? might return "XX".
Sets or queries the SSM field value for ARINC429A trigger data. The quoted 2-bit string replaces the least significant bits; unspecified upper bits remain unchanged.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of 2 bits using only 0, 1, and X. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:SSM "X0" sets the SSM field value to X0. TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:SSM? might return "XX".
Sets the audio bus trigger condition used when triggering on an audio bus signal. The condition selects either start of frame or matching data.
Returns the high value used for audio bus data triggering. B<x> is the bus number (1-2).
Sets the data offset value used when triggering on an audio bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to DATA using TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:CONDition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | real | - | Data offset value. |
Sets or queries the qualifier used when triggering on an audio bus signal. The qualifier can be one of eight comparison modes.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Selects the audio bus trigger qualifier. |
Sets or queries the audio bus data qualifier used for triggering on bus B<x>. The available qualifiers are less than, greater than, equal, not equal, less than or equal, greater than or equal, in range, and out of range.
Sets the lower word value used when triggering on an audio bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to DATA with TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:CONDition, and B<x> is the bus number 1-2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| String | string | - | Specifies the trigger data lower word. |
Sets or queries the lower word value used when triggering on an audio bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to DATA using TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:CONDition, and B<x> is the bus number 1-2.
Sets the alignment of trigger data on the audio bus to left or right, or either side. This command requires option 3-SRAUDIO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | EITher | LEFt | RIGht | Aligns the trigger data to either left or right. |
Sets the alignment of the trigger data word for audio bus triggering, or queries the current setting. EITher aligns the trigger data to either left or right; LEFt and RIGht select the corresponding alignment.
Sets the CAN bus condition used to search on CAN bus data. Bus number B<x> is 1 to 2; FORMERRor, ANYERRor, FDBRS, and FDESI are available only when :BUS:B<x>:CAN:STANDard is set to CANFD.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SOF | FRAMEtype | IDentifier | DATA | IDANDDATA | EOF | ACKMISS | ERROR | FORMERRor | ANYERRor | FDBRS | FDESI | Condition to use for CAN bus trigger search. |
Sets the CAN bus condition used to search on CAN bus data. The available conditions include start of frame, frame type, identifier, data, end of frame, missing ACK, error conditions, and CAN FD BRS/ESI bits.
Sets the CAN data direction used to search on a CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to IDentifier, and B<x> specifies bus number 1 to 2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | READ | WRITE | NOCARE | Sets the CAN data direction to search for. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION WRITE sets the CAN data direction to Write.
Sets the CAN data direction used when searching on a CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to Identifier, and B<x> is the bus number 1 to 2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | READ | WRITE | NOCARE | Selects the CAN data direction to search for. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION WRITE
Specifies the data offset in bytes to search for in a CAN search. The default value is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | integer | 0 | Data offset in bytes to search for in a CAN search. |
Sets or queries the CAN data offset used for trigger matching. The valid range depends on CAN standard and the current data match size; -1 means don't care and 0 means the start of the data field.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | integer | -1 - 7 | Number of bytes specifying the data offset. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:OFFSet 5 TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:OFFSet? might return 7
Sets the qualifier used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be IDANDDATA or DATA, and B<x> specifies the bus number (1-2).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | LESSthan | Than | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | EQual | Qualifier comparison used for CAN data triggering. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER? might return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER THAN, indicating that the oscilloscope is set to trigger when the data is than the qualifier value.
Sets the qualifier used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to IDANDDATA or DATA, and B<x> is the bus number (1-2).
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER? might return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER THAN, indicating that the oscilloscope is set to trigger when the data is than the qualifier value.
Sets or queries the length of the CAN binary data string in bytes. The bus number is B<x> (1-2).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR1 | integer | - | Length of the data string in bytes. |
Returns the length of the CAN data string in bytes.
Sets the binary data value used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be IDANDDATA or DATA, and B<x> specifies the bus number 1-2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Binary data value in a QString; only 0, 1, and X are allowed. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:VALUE 1011 sets the CAN data value to 1011.
Sets the binary CAN data value used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be IDANDDATA or DATA, and B<x> selects the bus number 1-2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Binary data value; only 0, 1, and X are allowed. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:VALUE 1011
Specifies the binary data value to be used when searching on CAN FD BRS bits. It applies only when the search condition is set to FDBRSBIT.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ZERo | OFF | 0 | ONE | ON | 1 | NOCARE | X | x | Binary search value or no-care setting for the CAN FD BRS bit. |
Specifies the binary data value used to search on CAN FD BRS bits for bus B<x> (bus 1-2). The query returns the stored BRS bit setting.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ZERo | OFF | 0 | ONE | ON | 1 | NOCARE | X | x | Binary data value to search on CAN FD BRS bits. |
Specifies the binary data value used to search on CAN FD ESI bits. This applies only when the search condition is set to FDESIBIT.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ZERo | OFF | 0 | ONE | ON | 1 | NOCARE | X | x | Selects the CAN FD ESI bit match value. |
Specifies the binary data value to use when searching on CAN FD ESI bits. This applies only when the search condition is set to FDESIBIT.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ZERo | OFF | 0 | ONE | ON | 1 | NOCARE | X | x | Binary value to search for on the CAN FD ESI bit. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:FD:ESIBIT{ZERo|OFF|0|ONE|ON|1|NOCARE|X|x}
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:FD:ESIBIT?Sets the CAN trigger frame type used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to FRAMEtype, and B<x> is the bus number 1-2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| frame type | enum | DATA | REMote | ERRor | OVERLoad | Frame type to use for CAN triggering. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FRAMETYPE DATA sets the CAN trigger frame type to DATA.
Sets the CAN trigger frame type used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to FRAMEtype, and B<x> is the bus number (1-2).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| frame type | enum | DATA | REMote | ERRor | OVERLoad | Specifies the CAN frame type to use for triggering. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FRAMETYPE DATA sets the CAN trigger frame type to DATA.
Sets the addressing mode used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to IDANDDATA or DATA, and B<x> is the bus number (1-2).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | STandard | EXTENDed | Addressing mode to use for CAN triggering. |
Sets the CAN trigger addressing mode to standard or extended format for bus B<x>. B<x> is the bus number 1 to 2, and the command requires option 3-SRAUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | STandard | EXTENDed | Selects the CAN addressing mode used when triggering. |
Sets the binary address value used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to IDANDDATA or DATA, and B<x> selects the bus number 1-2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Binary identifier value up to 29 bits; only 0, 1, and X are allowed. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE 1011
Sets the binary address value used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to IDANDDATA or DATA, and B<x> selects bus 1-2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Up to 29 bits specifying the binary identifier value; only 0, 1, and X are allowed. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE 1011
Specifies the trigger condition to use when triggering on a FlexRay bus signal. The available conditions include start of frame, frame type, ID, cycle count, header, data, ID and data, EOF, and error.
Specifies the condition used when triggering on a FlexRay bus signal. The available conditions include start of frame, frame type, identifier, cycle count, header, data, ID and data, EOF, and error.
Specifies the high value used when triggering on a FlexRay bus cycle count field. The trigger condition must be set to CYCLEcount, and the low value is set with :TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:VALue.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string containing the cycle count high value. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE “110010” sets the cycle count high value to 110010. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE "XXXXXX" indicating the cycle count high value is don't care.
Specifies the high value used when triggering on a FlexRay bus cycle count field. The trigger condition must be set to CYCLEcount, and the low value is set with TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:VALue.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE “110010” sets the cycle count high value to 110010. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE "XXXXXX" indicating the cycle count high value is don't care.
Specifies the qualifier to use when triggering on the FlexRay bus cycle count field. The trigger condition must be set to CYCLEcount.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Selects the comparison used for the FlexRay bus cycle count trigger. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER EQUAL
Specifies the qualifier to use when triggering on the FlexRay bus cycle count field. The trigger condition must be set to CYCLEcount.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER?
This command specifies the low value when triggering on the FlexRay bus cycle count field. The trigger condition must be set to CYCLEcount using TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | - | Low cycle count value used for the FlexRay bus trigger. |
Sets or queries the FlexRay cycle count low value for trigger bus B<x>. The value is a quoted binary data string.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qstring | string | - | Quoted binary data string representing the cycle count low value. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE "11001101" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE?
Specifies the high value for triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. The trigger condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA, and the lower value is set with :TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:VALue.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Quoted string that defines the binary data high value. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE "11001101XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXX1" sets the binary data string high value to "11001101XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXX1". TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE
Specifies the high value when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. The trigger condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Quoted string that is the binary data high value. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE "11001101XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX1" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE?
Specifies the offset of the data string, in bytes, when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. The trigger condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | integer | -1 | Offset of the data string in bytes; -1 means don't care and no byte offset is used. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET 0 indicating that a data offset of 0.
Specifies the offset of the data string, in bytes, when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. A byte offset of -1 means don't care and no byte offset is used.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET 0 indicating that a data offset of 0.
Specifies the qualifier used when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. The trigger condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Selects the comparison used for the FlexRay data field trigger. |
Specifies the qualifier used when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. The trigger condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA.
Specifies the length of the FlexRay data string, in bytes, when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. The trigger condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR1> | integer | bytes | The FlexRay data string length, in bytes. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE 8 TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE?
Specifies the length of the FlexRay data string, in bytes, when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. The trigger condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE 8 TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE?
Specifies the low value when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. Use the corresponding HIVALue command to set the upper value; the trigger condition must be ID or IDANDDATA.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string value for the FlexRay data trigger low value. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE “11001101” sets the FlexRay data value for triggering to 11001101. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" indicating the FlexRay data value is don't care.
Returns the low FlexRay bus data value used for triggering. The value is a quoted string, and the trigger condition must be set to ID or IDANDDATA.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE?
Specifies the FlexRay end-of-file type used for triggering on the EOF field. The trigger condition must be set to EOF.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | STATic | DYNAMic | ANY | Selects static, dynamic, or either end-of-file type for the trigger. |
Specifies the end-of-file type used when triggering on the FlexRay bus EOF field. The trigger condition must be set to EOF.
Specifies the FlexRay error type used when triggering on the FlexRay bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to ERROR using TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| error type | enum | CRCHeader | CRCTrailer | SYNCFrame | STARTupnosync | NULLFRStatic | NULLFRDynamic | Sets the FlexRay error type. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE SYNCFRAME TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE?
Specifies the error type when triggering on the FlexRay bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to ERROR using TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition.
Sets the binary frame ID high value used for FlexRay trigger qualification. A quoted binary string is accepted, and the query returns the current high value.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string that specifies the binary frame ID high value. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE “11001100101” TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE?
Sets or queries the high value of the binary frame ID used for FlexRay trigger qualification. The value is provided as a quoted binary string.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted binary string for the frame ID high value. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE “11001100101” TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE?
Sets the qualifier used when triggering on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. The trigger condition must be set to Identifier.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Selects the comparison mode for the frame ID field. |
Specifies the qualifier used when triggering on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. The trigger condition must be set to Identifier.
Specifies the low value used when triggering on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. The trigger condition must be set to Identifier, and the high value is set with TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:HIVALue.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Quoted string that defines the FlexRay frame ID low value. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE “11001100101” TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX"
Specifies the low value used when triggering on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. The trigger condition must be set to Identifier, and the matching high value is set with TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:HIVALue.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Quoted string representing the FlexRay frame ID low value. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE “11001100101” TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE?
This command specifies the FlexRay frame type used when triggering on the FlexRay bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to FRAMEType.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | normal | payload | null | sync | startup | FlexRay frame type to use for the trigger condition. |
Specifies the FlexRay frame type used when triggering on the FlexRay bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to FRAMEType first.
Specifies the CRC portion of the binary header string when triggering on the FlexRay bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to HEADer using TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string containing the CRC portion of the binary header string. |
Specifies the CRC portion of the binary header string when triggering on the FlexRay bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to HEADer using TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string containing the CRC portion of the binary header string. |
Specifies the cycle count portion of the binary header string when triggering on the FlexRay bus header. The trigger condition must be set to HEADer first.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string containing the cycle count portion of the binary header string. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT “110010” TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT?
Specifies the cycle count portion of the binary header string when triggering on the FlexRay bus header. The trigger condition must be set to HEADer.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Bus number in the trigger bus path. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT “110010” sets the cycle count to 110010. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT "XXXXXX" indicating the cycle count is don't care.
Sets or queries the frame ID portion of the binary header string for FlexRay bus header triggering. The trigger condition must be set to HEADer.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string representing the frame ID portion of the binary header string. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID “11001100101” sets the frame ID portion of the binary header string to 11001100101. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID "XXXXXXXXXXX" indicating the frame ID portion of the binary header string is “don't care”.
Sets or queries the frame ID portion of the binary header string used when triggering on the FlexRay bus header. The frame ID is specified as a quoted string.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string representing the frame ID portion of the binary header string. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID 11001100101 TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID?
Specifies the indicator bits portion of the binary header string when triggering on the FlexRay bus header. The trigger condition must be set to HEADer using TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string that is the indicator bits portion of the binary header string. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS “11001” sets the indicator bits portion of the header string to 11001. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS "XXXXX" indicating that the indicator bits portion of the header string are “don't cares".
Specifies the indicator bits portion of the binary header string when triggering on the FlexRay bus header. The trigger condition must be set to HEADer.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string representing the indicator bits portion of the binary header string. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS “11001” sets the indicator bits portion of the header string to 11001. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS "XXXXX" indicating that the indicator bits portion of the header string are “don't cares".
Sets or queries the length of the payload portion of the Binary header string for the FlexRay header. The query may return the current payload length value as a string.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Length of the payload portion of the Binary header string. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH “1100101" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH?
Returns the length of the payload portion of the Binary header string. The example shows a returned string of Xs indicating the payload length is don't care.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH "XXXXXXX" indicating the FlexRay header paylength is don't care.
This command specifies the I2C address mode to 7- or 10-bit.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | ADDR7 | ADDR10 | Selects the I2C address mode. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE ADDR10 sets the I2C address mode to 10-bit.
Specifies the I2C address mode for bus <x> as 7-bit or 10-bit.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | ADDR7 | ADDR10 | Selects the I2C address mode. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE ADDR10 sets the I2C address mode to 10-bit.
Specifies the I2C address type used for the trigger. It accepts one of five address-type keywords.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | GENeralcall | STARtbyte | HSmode | EEPROM | USER | Selects the I2C address type. |
Selects the I2C address type used by the trigger. This command requires option 3-SREMBD.
Specifies the binary address string used for the I2C trigger when the trigger condition is ADDRESS or ADDRANDDATA.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Binary address string, up to 7 or 10 bits depending on the address mode. Only the characters 0, 1, and X are allowed. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE 1011 sets the I2C address value to XXX1011.
Returns the binary address string used for the I2C trigger. The string is used when the trigger condition is ADDRESS or ADDRANDDATA.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE?
Sets the I2C trigger condition for bus B<x>. The condition can be start, stop, repeated start, missing acknowledge, address, data, or address and data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | STARt | STOP | REPEATstart | ACKMISS | ADDRess | DATA | ADDRANDDATA | Selects the I2C trigger condition. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:CONDITION START specifies start as the I2C trigger condition.
Sets or queries the I2C trigger condition for bus B<x>. The available conditions are start, stop, repeated start, missing acknowledge, address, data, or address and data.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:CONDITION START specifies start as the I2C trigger condition.
Specifies the I2C trigger type to be valid on a Read, Write, or Either condition. Read or write is indicated by the R/W bit in the I2C protocol.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | READ | WRITE | NOCARE | Selects whether the I2C trigger is valid on read, write, or either data direction. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATa:DIRection READ TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATa:DIRection?
Specifies the I2C trigger data direction to be valid on a Read, Write, or Either condition. Read or write is indicated by the R/W bit in the I2C protocol.
Specifies the length of the I2C data string in bytes to be used for an I2C trigger when the trigger condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. It applies to bus <x> and requires option 3-SREMBD.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR1> | integer | - | Length of the data string in bytes. |
Specifies the length of the data string in bytes to be used for an I2C trigger when the trigger condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. It applies to bus <x> and requires option 3-SREMBD.
This command specifies the binary data string used for I2C triggering if the trigger condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. It applies to bus B<x> and requires option 3-SREMBD.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Binary data string used for I2C triggering; the string length must be 8 times the number of bytes specified and may contain only 0, 1, and X. |
Specifies the binary data string used for I2C triggering if the trigger condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. The string length is 8 times the number of bytes specified, and only 0, 1, and X are allowed.
Sets the LIN trigger condition for the specified bus B<x>. The available conditions are sync field, identifier, data, id and data, wake up, sleep, and error.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SYNCField | IDentifier | DATA | IDANDDATA | WAKEup | SLEEP | ERROR | Sets the LIN trigger condition. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION ERROR TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION? TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION SYNCFIELD
Sets or queries the LIN trigger condition for trigger bus B<x>. The condition can be sync field, identifier, data, id and data, wake up, sleep, or error.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION ERROR TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION?
Specifies the binary data string used for the LIN trigger when the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA. A quoted string is accepted as the value.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string containing the binary data string used for LIN trigger if the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA. |
Specifies the binary data string used for LIN trigger when the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA. The command requires option 3-SRAUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string that is the binary data string used for LIN trigger if the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA. |
Specifies the LIN data qualifier used when the trigger condition is IDANDDATA or DATA. This command requires option 3-SRAUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| B<x> | string | - | Bus index the qualifier applies to. |
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Sets the LIN data qualifier comparison mode. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER OUTRANGE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER?
Sets or queries the LIN data qualifier for trigger A bus B<x>. It only applies if the trigger condition is IDANDDATA or DATA, and requires option 3-SRAUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Selects the LIN data qualifier comparison mode. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER OUTRANGE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER?
Specifies the length of the data string, in bytes, used for LIN trigger B<x>. Requires option 3-SRAUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | integer | bytes | Size of the data string in bytes. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 8 TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE?
Specifies the length of the LIN trigger data string in bytes for bus B<x>. Requires option 3-SRAUTO.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 8 TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE?
Specifies the binary data string to be used for the LIN trigger condition when the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Quoted string that is the LIN trigger data value. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE “11001101” TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" indicating the data value is don't care.
Specifies the binary data string to be used for the LIN trigger condition when the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE? might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" indicating the data value is don't care.
Specifies the LIN error type used for a trigger on bus B<x>. It requires option 3-SRAUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | SYNC | PARity | CHecksum | HEADertime | RESPtime | FRAMetime | LIN error type to use for the trigger. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE CHECKSUM TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE?
Specifies the error type used for a LIN trigger on bus B<x>. It supports both setting the type and querying the current setting.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE CHECKSUM TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE?
Specifies the binary address string used for LIN trigger when the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA. Requires option 3-SRAUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Binary address string used for the LIN trigger identifier value. |
Specifies the binary address string used for LIN trigger when the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA. Requires option 3-SRAUTO.
Specifies the upper limit of the remote terminal address field for a MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger when the trigger condition is COMMAND and the qualifier is INrange or OUTrange. The default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of up to 5 characters using 0, 1, and X; the bits specified replace the least significant bits. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:HIVALue “01000” sets the upper limit of the remote terminal address range to 01000 (when the trigger condition has been set to MIL1553B, and the qualifier has been set to INrange or OUTrange). TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:HIVALue? might return “XXXXX”.
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is COMMAND and the qualifier is INrange or OUTrange, this command sets the upper limit of the remote terminal address range. The default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | A quoted string of up to 5 characters using 0, 1, and X; the bits replace the least significant bits, leaving unspecified upper bits unchanged. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:HIVALue “01000” sets the upper limit of the remote terminal address range to 01000 (when the trigger condition has been set to MIL1553B, and the qualifier has been set to INrange or OUTrange). TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:HIVALue? might return “XXXXX”.
Specifies the qualifier used with the remote terminal address field when the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND. This command requires option 3-SRAERO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Selects how the remote terminal address is compared for the COMMAND trigger condition. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:QUALifier EQual TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:QUALifier?
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND, this command specifies the qualifier used with the remote terminal address field.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:QUALifier EQual TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:QUALifier? might return INRANGE
Specifies the lower limit of the remote terminal address range when the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND and the qualifier is INrange or OUTrange. The default is all X’s (don’t care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | 5 characters | Quoted string of up to 5 characters using 0, 1, and X; specified bits replace the least significant bits, leaving unspecified upper bits unchanged. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:VALue “01000” sets the remote terminal address to be used in the trigger to 01000. TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:VALue? might return 01000.
Specifies the remote terminal address value used by the MIL-STD-1553B command trigger when the trigger condition is set to COMMAND. The value is entered as a quoted bit string, with unspecified upper bits left unchanged.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Quoted string of up to 5 characters using 0, 1, and X; the bits specified replace the least significant bits. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:VALue “01000” sets TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:VALue? might return 01000
Specifies the bit pattern for the 5-bit Word Count/Mode Code sub-address field used in a MIL-STD-1553 COMMAND trigger condition. In Word Count mode, it defines the number of data words transmitted or received; a value of 0 indicates 32 data words.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Bit pattern for the 5-bit Word Count/Mode Code sub-address field. |
Specifies the bit pattern for the 5-bit Word Count/Mode Code sub-address field used when the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND. In Word Count mode, this field defines the number of data words transmitted or received; a value of 0 indicates 32 data words.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:VALue “01000” sets the remote terminal address to be used in the trigger to 01000. TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:VALue? might return 01000.
Sets the Command word parity used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger when the trigger condition is COMMAND. The default value is X (don’t care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| parity | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Command word parity value used for the trigger. |
Sets the command word parity used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition when the trigger is set to COMMAND. The default value is X (don’t care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| parity | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Parity value to use for the trigger, including don’t-care and on/off aliases. |
Specifies the 5-bit MIL-STD-1553 sub-address used for a COMMAND trigger condition. A value of 00000 or 11111 indicates a Mode Code command; any other value indicates a Word Count command. The default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | 5 characters | Quoted string of up to 5 characters using 0, 1, and X; the specified bits replace the least significant bits. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:SUBADdress “01000” sets the TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:SUBADdress?
Specifies the 5-bit sub-address used in a MIL-STD-1553 command trigger when the bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND. A quoted string of up to 5 characters using 0, 1, and X replaces the least significant bits; the default is all X's (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of up to 5 characters; allowable characters are 0, 1, and X. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:SUBADdress “01000” sets the sub-address to be used in the trigger to 01000.
Specifies the transmit/receive bit (bit 9) to use in the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger when the trigger condition is set to COMMAND. The bit is interpreted from the remote terminal’s point of view.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | RX | TX | X | Selects whether the trigger matches RX, TX, or don't care. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:TRBit TX TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:TRBit TX?
Specifies the transmit/receive bit (bit 9) used in the MIL-STD-1553 COMMAND trigger condition. RX directs the instrument to trigger on TX, TX directs it to trigger on RX, and X indicates don't care.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | RX | TX | X | Selects the transmit/receive bit value used in the trigger. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:TRBit TX TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:TRBit TX? might return TX
This command specifies a word type or condition within a MIL-STD-1553 bus word to trigger on.
Specifies a word type or condition within a MIL-STD-1553 bus word to trigger on. This command is part of the Trigger group and requires option 3-SRAERO.
Specifies the data parity bit used for the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition when it is set to DATa. The returned values are 0, 1, or X (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Selects the parity bit value used in the trigger. |
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to DATa, this command specifies the data parity bit used in the trigger. The query returns 0, 1, or X (don't care).
Specifies the data binary pattern used when the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to DATa. The value is a quoted string up to 16 characters using 0, 1, and X; unspecified upper bits remain unchanged.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string of up to 16 characters containing only 0, 1, and X; the bits replace the least significant bits. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:DATa:VALue <QString> TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:DATa:VALue?
Specifies the data binary pattern used when the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to DATa. The pattern is a 16-bit quoted string using 0, 1, and X, with unspecified upper bits left unchanged.
Specifies the signaling error type to be used in a MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger when the trigger condition is set to ERRor. This command requires option 3-SRAERO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | PARity | SYNC | MANCHester | DATA | Signaling error type used in the trigger. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:ERRTYPE PARity TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:ERRTYPE?
Specifies the signaling error type to be used in a MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger when the trigger condition is set to ERRor. Requires option 3-SRAERO.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:ERRTYPE PARity TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:ERRTYPE?
Specifies the upper limit for the 5-bit remote terminal address field of the Status word when the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus and the qualifier is INrange or OUTrange. The default is all X's (don't care).
Specifies the upper limit for the 5-bit remote terminal address field of the Status word when the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is STATus and the qualifier is set to INrange or OUTrange. The default is all X's (don't care).
Specifies the qualifier used with the address field when the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus. The default qualifier is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Qualifier to use with the address field. |
Specifies the qualifier used with the address field when the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus. The default is EQUAL.
Specifies the value of the 5-bit remote terminal address used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger when the trigger condition is set to STATus. For INrange and OUTrange qualifiers, it specifies the lower limit of the range; the upper limit is set with the corresponding HIVALue command.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <QString> | string | - | Address value or pattern used for the trigger condition. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:ADDRess:VALue <QString> TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:ADDRess:VALue?
Specifies the 5-bit remote terminal address value used for the MIL-STD-1553 BUS trigger when the condition is STATus. For INrange and OUTrange qualifiers, it specifies the lower limit of the range; the upper limit is set with the corresponding HIVALue command.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:ADDRess:VALue?
Sets the BCR bit value used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger status condition. Returned values are 0, 1, or X, with X (don’t care) as the default.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | BCR bit value to use in the trigger. |
Sets or queries the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition status word broadcast command received (BCR) bit value used in the trigger. Returned values are 0, 1, or X, where X means don't care and is the default.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | BCR bit value to use in the trigger. |
Sets the MIL-STD-1553 status word busy bit value used in the trigger when the trigger condition is set to STATus. The value can be 0, 1, or X (don't care, the default).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Status word busy bit value to use in the trigger. |
Specifies the MIL-STD-1553 status word busy bit value (bit 16) used in the trigger when the trigger condition is set to STATus. The value may be 0, 1, or X (don't care, the default).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Busy bit value to be used in the trigger. |
Specifies the status word dynamic bus control acceptance (DBCA) bit value used when the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus. The value may be 0, 1, or X (don't care, the default).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Sets the DBCA bit value to 0, 1, or X (don't care). |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:DBCA NOCARE TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:DBCA?
Specifies the status word dynamic bus control acceptance (DBCA) bit value to be used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition when set to STATus. The default is X (don’t care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | DBCA bit value to use in the trigger. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:DBCA NOCARE TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:DBCA?
Specifies the status word instrumentation bit value (bit 10) to be used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition when set to STATus. Returned values are 0, 1, or X, with X (don’t care) as the default.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Sets the status word instrumentation bit value to 0, 1, or X (don’t care). |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:INSTR ZERo TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:INSTR? might return 1.
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word instrumentation bit value (bit 10) to use in the trigger. Returned values are 0, 1, or X (don't care, the default).
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:INSTR? might return 1.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553 status word message error bit value used in the trigger. The value may be 0, 1, or X (don't care), with several keyword synonyms accepted.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Status word message error bit value to use in the trigger. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME NOCARE TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME?
Sets the status word message error bit value used in the trigger. The value can be 0, 1, or X (don't care), with NOCARE as the default alias for X.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Status word message error bit value to use in the trigger. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME NOCARE TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME?
Sets the status word SRQ bit value used in the trigger when the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus. The value can be 0, 1, or X (don't care, default).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bit value | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Status word SRQ bit value to use in the trigger. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:SRQ NOCARE TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:SRQ?
Sets the status word SRQ bit value used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition. The value can be 0, 1, or X (don't care, the default).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Status word SRQ bit value to use in the trigger. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:SRQ NOCARE sets the status word TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:SRQ? might return 1.
Sets the status word subsystem flag bit value used in the trigger to X (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Status word subsystem flag bit value to be used in the trigger. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:SUBSF NOCARE TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:SUBSF? might return 1
Returns the status word subsystem flag bit value used in the trigger. The returned value may be 0, 1, or X (don't care, default).
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:SUBSF NOCARE TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:SUBSF? might return 1.
Sets the status terminal flag bit value used in the trigger. The example shown for the corresponding query indicates it may return 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Sets the status word terminal flag bit value used in the trigger. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:TF NOCARE TRIG:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:TF?
Queries the status terminal flag bit value used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition. The returned value may be 1.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:TF NOCARE TRIG:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:BIT:TF?
Specifies the MIL-STD-1553 status parity bit value used in the trigger when the bus trigger condition is set to STATus. The returned value can be 0, 1, or X (don't care, the default).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | X | ZERo | ONE | NOCARE | OFF | ON | Sets the status parity bit value used in the trigger. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:PAR ONE sets the parity bit value to be TRIG:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATUS:PARity? might return X, indicating that the parity doesn’t matter.
Specifies the status parity bit value to be used in the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger when the trigger condition is set to STATus. Returned values are 0, 1, or X, where X means don’t care and is the default.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STAT:PAR ONE TRIG:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATUS:PARity?
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies the minimum remote terminal response time (RT) limit or the minimum inter-message gap (IMG). It is used with the TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:CONDition TIMe command to select RT or IMG.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR3> | real | s | Floating point value specifying the minimum remote terminal response time (RT) or inter-message gap (IMG) in seconds. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:LESSLimit 3.0000e-6 TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:LESSLimit? might return 2.0000e-6
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies the minimum remote terminal response time (RT) limit or the minimum inter-message gap (IMG). The RT or IMG is specified in seconds.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR3> | real | s | Floating point value specifying either the minimum remote terminal response time (RT) or the inter-message gap (IMG). |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:LESSLimit 3.0000e-6 TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:LESSLimit?
Sets or queries the maximum remote terminal response time (RT) or inter-message gap (IMG) used in the MIL-STD-1553 trigger, in seconds.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | s | Floating point value specifying either the maximum remote terminal response time or the inter-message gap. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:MORELimit 80.0000e-6 TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:MORELimit?
Sets or queries the MIL-STD-1553B time more-limit used for the bus trigger. The value specifies either the maximum remote terminal response time (RT) or the inter-message gap (IMG) in seconds.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR3> | real | s | Floating point value that specifies either the maximum remote terminal response time (RT) or the inter-message gap (IMG) in seconds. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:MORELimit 80.0000e-6 TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIMe:MORELimit?
When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies the trigger data time qualifier.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | INrange | OUTrange | Selects the time qualifier used by the trigger condition. |
Specifies the trigger data time qualifier for the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger when the trigger condition is set to TIMe. It selects whether the qualifier is less than minimum, greater than maximum, inside range, or outside range.
Specifies the binary data string to be used for a Parallel trigger. It applies to bus <x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <QString> | string | - | Binary data string to use for the Parallel trigger. |
Specifies the binary data string used for a Parallel trigger on bus <x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Binary data string to use for the Parallel trigger. |
Sets the condition for an RS-232C trigger on bus <x>. Requires option 3-SRCOMP.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | RXSTArt | RXDATA | RXENDPacket | TXSTArt | TXDATA | TXENDPacket | Selects the RS-232C trigger condition. |
Specifies the condition for an RS-232C trigger on bus B<x>. This command requires option 3-SRCOMP.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | RXSTArt | RXDATA | RXENDPacket | TXSTArt | TXDATA | TXENDPacket | Selects the RS-232C trigger condition. |
Specifies the length of the RS-232 trigger data string in bytes when the trigger condition is RXDATA. This command requires option 3-SRCOMP.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR1> | integer | bytes | Length of the data string in bytes. |
Specifies the length of the data string in bytes for an RS-232 trigger when the trigger condition is RXDATA. This command requires option 3-SRCOMP.
This command specifies the binary data string for an RS-232 trigger if the trigger condition involves RX. B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| Qstring | string | - | The binary data string to be used for the trigger. |
Specifies the binary data string used for an RS-232 trigger when the trigger condition involves RX. This query form is documented in the syntax, but the slice does not state what value is returned.
Sets or queries the length of the RS-232 trigger data string in bytes. The query form returns the current length.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| length | integer | Bytes | Length of the data string in bytes. |
Returns the length of the data string in bytes.
Specifies the binary data string for an RS-232 trigger if the condition involves TX. B<x>. This command requires option 3-SRCOMP.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Binary data string to be used for the trigger. |
Specifies the binary data string for an RS-232 trigger when the condition involves TX.B<x>. Requires option 3-SRCOMP.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| Qstring | string | - | The binary data string to be used for the trigger. |
Specifies the trigger condition for a SPI trigger on bus B<x>. This command requires option 3-SREMBD.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SS | STARTofframe | MISO | MOSI | MISOMOSI | SPI trigger condition to use. |
Specifies the trigger condition for a SPI trigger on bus B<x>. This command requires option 3-SREMBD.
Specifies the binary data string used for a SPI trigger when the trigger condition is MISO. It is applicable only when BUS:B<x>:SPI:FRAMING is set to IDLEtime and requires option 3-SREMBD.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Binary data string; the number of bits is 8 times the number of bytes specified, and only 0, 1, and X are allowed. |
Specifies the binary data string used for a SPI trigger when the trigger condition is MISO. The string must contain only 0, 1, and X characters, with 8 bits per byte specified.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| data string | string | - | Binary data string to use for the SPI trigger. |
Specifies the binary data string to be used for a SPI trigger when the trigger condition is MOSI or MISOMOSI.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Binary data string; the only allowed characters are 0, 1, and X. |
This command specifies the binary data string to be used for a SPI trigger if the trigger condition is MOSI or MISOMOSI.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| data | string | - | Binary data string; the number of bits is 8 times the number of bytes specified. |
Specifies the length of the data string to be used for a SPI trigger when the trigger condition is MISO, MOSI, or MISOMOSI.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| length | integer | bytes | Length of the data string in bytes. |
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:SIZe <NR1> TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:SIZe?
Returns the length of the data string to be used for a SPI trigger. The length is specified in bytes.
Specifies the binary address string for the upper limit used by the inside-of-range and outside-of-range qualifiers for the USB trigger. Use the companion `:USB:ADDRess:VALue` command to set the lower limit.
Specifies the binary address string used for USB trigger and the lower limit for inside-of-range and outside-of-range qualifiers. It accepts a quoted binary string from 0000000 to 1111111.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | 0000000 - 1111111 | Binary address string to be used for the USB trigger. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:VALUE “0001000” sets the binary TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:VALUE? might return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:VALUE “1000000”, which
Specifies the trigger condition for the USB trigger on bus B<x>. Requires option 3-SRUSB2.
Specifies the binary data string used as the upper limit for inside-of-range and outside-of-range qualifiers for the USB trigger when the trigger condition is DATAPacket. Use the corresponding VALue command to set the lower limit.
Specifies the data offset in bytes to trigger on. The minimum and default value is 0 and the maximum is 1024.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | 0 - 1024 | Data offset in bytes to trigger on. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:OFFSET 36 sets the data offset to 36. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:OFFSET? might return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:OFFSET 0, indicating that the data offset is the default value, 0.
This command specifies the number of contiguous data bytes to trigger on. The minimum and default values are 1 and maximum is 16.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | integer | 1 - 16 | Number of contiguous data bytes to trigger on. |
Specifies the USB data packet type used when the trigger condition is set to DATAPacket. This command requires option 3-SRUSB2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | ANY | DATA0 | DATA1 | Selects the USB data packet type. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:TYPE DATA0 sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a DATA0 data packet type.
Returns the binary data string used for the USB trigger when the trigger condition is DATAPacket. The same value is also used as the lower limit for inside-of-range and outside-of-range qualifiers for the USB trigger when the trigger condition is DATAPacket.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:VALUE? might return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:VALUE “01000000”, which indicates that the binary address is 0100000 (40 hex).
Specifies the binary endpoint string to be used for the USB trigger.
Specifies the USB error type used when the trigger condition is set to error. This command is part of the USB trigger group and requires option 3-SRUSB2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| error_type | enum | PID | CRC5 | CRC16 | BITSTUFFing | Selects the USB error type to use for the trigger condition. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ERRTYPE PID sets the error trigger condition to packet ID.
Specifies the handshake type for the USB trigger. The command requires option 3-SRUSB2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ANY | NAK | ACK | STALL | Handshake type to trigger on. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:HANDSHAKETYPE ACK TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:HANDSHAKETYPE? might return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:HANDSHAKETYPE STALL
Sets or queries the USB trigger qualifier for bus B<x>. The qualifier determines the comparison condition used for triggering on address, data, or endpoint values.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | LESSEQual | MOREEQual | INrange | OUTrange | Trigger comparison condition. |
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:QUALIFIER?
Sets or queries the USB start-of-frame number for trigger bus B<x>. The value is a quoted QString in the range 000 0000 0000 to 111 1111 1111 (000 hex to 7FF hex).
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:SOFFRAMENUMBER? might return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:SOFFRAMENUMBER “00000001001”, which indicates that the start of frame number is 00000001001 (009 hex).
Specifies the packet ID (PID) for the special packet B<x>. This command requires installation of option 3-SRUSB2.
TRIGGER:A:BUS1:USB:SPECIALTYPE PREAMBLE TRIGGER:A:BUS1:USB:SPECIALTYPE?
Specifies the split transaction endpoint type value to trigger on for a high-speed USB split transaction. The query returns the currently specified endpoint type.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:ET:VALue iso TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:ET:VALue?
Returns the split transaction hub address value to trigger on. A quoted string of up to 7 characters is used when setting the value; valid characters are 0 and 1.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:PORT:VALue? might return XXXXXXX, indicating that the hub address value to trigger on doesn’t matter.
Specifies whether to trigger on the start or complete phase of a high-speed USB split transaction, based on the Start/Complete bit field value. The default is NOCARE.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:SC:VALue? might indicate NOCARE, TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:SC:VALue SSPLIT specifies to trigger on
Specifies the split-transaction start/end bit value to trigger on for a high-speed USB split transaction. The setting depends on the split transaction type and requires option 3-SRUSB2.
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:USB:SPLit:SE:VALue?
Specifies the token type for the USB trigger. Requires installation of option 3-SRUSB2.
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:TOKENTYPE SETUP TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:TOKENTYPE?
Specifies the source for a serial or parallel bus trigger, with the appropriate application module installed.
This command specifies the type of coupling for the A edge trigger.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | AC | DC | HFRej | LFRej | NOISErej | Trigger coupling type for the A edge trigger. |
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:COUPLING DC TRIGGER:A:EDGE:COUPLING?
Specifies the type of coupling for the A edge trigger.
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:COUPLING?
Sets or queries the slope used for the A edge trigger. The setting can be rising, falling, or either edge.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| slope | enum | RISe | FALL | EITHer | Edge trigger slope selection. |
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPERISE sets the A edge trigger slope to positive, which triggers on the rising edge of the signal. TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE? might return :TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE FALL indicating that the A edge trigger slope is negative.
Sets or queries the A edge trigger slope. The slope can be rising, falling, or either edge.
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPERISE sets the A edge trigger slope to positive, which triggers on the rising edge of the signal. TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE? might return :TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE FALL indicating that the A edge trigger slope is negative.
Specifies the source for the A edge trigger.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | AUX | CH<x> | D<x> | LINE | RF | Source for the A edge trigger. |
This command specifies the source for the A edge trigger.
Specifies the A trigger holdoff time.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| holdoff time | real | 20 ns - 8.0 s | Floating point holdoff time in seconds. |
Specifies the A trigger holdoff time.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time | real | 20 ns - 8.0 s | Floating point holdoff time in seconds. |
Sets the trigger threshold voltage level for an Edge, Pulse Width, Runt, or Rise/Fall trigger when using the Aux Input connector signal. This command is only available on model MDO32.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | V | Trigger threshold level for the Aux Input connector. |
| mode | enum | ECL | TTL | Selects a preset threshold level instead of a numeric level. |
Sets the trigger threshold voltage level for an analog channel waveform. Channel x can be 1 to 4, and each channel can have an independent trigger level.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 4 | Analog channel number to apply the trigger level to. |
| level | real | V | Trigger threshold level in volts. |
| modeopt | enum | ECL | TTL | Preset threshold level keyword. |
Sets the threshold voltage level to use for an Edge or Pulse Width trigger when triggering on a digital channel waveform. Each digital channel can have an independent trigger level.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 16 | Digital channel number. |
| value | real | V | Floating point trigger threshold level for the specified digital channel. |
| mode | enum | ECL | TTL | Preset threshold level keyword. |
Specifies what kind of logic trigger to use, either logic triggering or setup/hold triggering. The trigger type must also be set to LOGIC using TRIGger:A:TYPe.
Specifies the logical combination of the input channels for the A pattern and A state logic triggers.
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION? TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION AND
Specifies the logical input condition for the channel indicated by <x>. Allowed values are HIGH, LOW, or X (don't care).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Channel number to set the logic input condition for. |
| state | enum | HIGH | LOW | X | Logic input condition for the specified channel. |
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH2 HIGH
Sets or queries the clock-edge condition used for the logic trigger input clock. The setting is rising or falling edge selection.
Specifies the channel to use as the clock source for trigger logic input. NONE selects pattern trigger; any other selection implies state trigger.
Specifies the logic pattern for a trigger on digital channel <x>, where x is the channel number.
Specifies the logic level to use when the internal RF power level is the source for a logic pattern trigger.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | HIGH | LOW | X | Logic level used for the trigger. |
Specifies the pattern trigger delta time value used as part of the pattern trigger condition to determine whether a logic pattern meets the specified time constraints.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | 39.6E-9 - 10.0E0 | Floating-point pattern trigger time value in seconds. |
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME 71.28E-8
Specifies the pattern logic condition used to trigger the oscilloscope. The query form asks for the current pattern trigger condition.
Sets or queries the trigger A logic threshold voltage for the specified channel x.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | enum | NR3 | ECL | TTL | Threshold voltage setting for the specified channel, either a floating-point value or a preset ECL/TTL level. |
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH2 3.0E-3 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH3?
Returns or sets the digital threshold level for digital channel D<x>. For these models, digital threshold controls are shared in two sets: D0-D7 and D8-D15.
Specifies the lower threshold for the Aux Input connector. It is used for runt and transition trigger types.
Queries the lower threshold setting for analog channel x of the pulse runt trigger. The returned value may be a preset level or a numeric voltage.
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2? might return :TRIGGER:A: LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2 1.2000E-01 indicating that the lower limit threshold for CH2 of the pulse runt trigger is set to 120 mV.
Returns the lower threshold for digital input channel D<x>. Use the setter form to set the lower threshold in volts.
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1 0.5 TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1?
Specifies the A trigger mode. AUTO generates a trigger if one is not detected within a specified time period; NORMal waits for a valid trigger event.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | AUTO | NORMal | Selects the A trigger mode. |
TRIGGER:A:MODE ? might return :TRIGGER:A:MODE NORMAL indicating that a valid trigger event must occur before a trigger is generated.
Specifies which kind of pulse trigger to use. You must also set the trigger type to PULSE with :TRIGger:A:TYPe.
Specifies the upper limit, in seconds, used when triggering on detection of a pulse whose duration is inside or outside a range of two values.
TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS WIDTH specifies a width pulse for the A trigger. TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS WIDTH indicating that the trigger is set to activate on a pulse of a specified polarity and width.
Specifies the lower limit, in seconds, used when triggering on detection of a pulse whose duration is inside or outside a range of two values. Use the corresponding HIGHLimit command to specify the upper limit.
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit 100.0E-9 TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit?
This command specifies the polarity for a pulse width trigger.
Specifies the source waveform for a pulse width trigger.
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:SOURCE CH1 sets channel 1 as the pulse width source. TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:SOURCE CH1 indicating that channel 1 is the pulse width trigger source.
Sets or queries the pulse-width trigger condition for Trigger A. The setting can be LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, WIThin, or OUTside.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | WIThin | OUTside | Pulse-width trigger condition. |
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WHEN? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH: WHEN GREATER THAN 2.0000E-9 indicating that a trigger will be caused when a pulse is detected greater than 2 ns.
Specifies the pulse width, in seconds, used for A pulse-width trigger conditions. The query returns the currently set pulse width.
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WIDTH 5.0E-6 TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WIDTH?
Specifies the polarity for the A runt trigger.
Specifies the source waveform for the A runt trigger.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| CH<x> | channel_list | - | Analog channel number to use as the source waveform for the runt trigger. |
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH4 TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH2
Sets or queries the runt trigger condition. The query returns the current runt trigger mode, such as OCCURS.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | LESSthan | MOREthan | EQual | UNEQual | OCCURS | Runt trigger condition to use. |
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WHEN MORETHAN TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WHEN?
Specifies the minimum width, in seconds, for a runt trigger. The query returns the current minimum width setting.
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WIDTH? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:RUNT:WIDTH 2.0000E-09 indicating that the minimum width of a pulse runt trigger is 2 ns.
Queries the clock-edge polarity setting for setup and hold triggering. The example shows the query returning the current edge selection as FALL or RISe.
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:EDGE? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:EDGE RISE indicating that polarity is specified as the clock rising edge.
Specifies the clock source for the setup and hold triggering. The same source cannot be used for both clock and data.
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD: CLOCK:SOURCE CH4 indicating that channel 4 is the clock source for a setup and hold trigger operation.
Specifies the clock voltage threshold for the setup and hold trigger. The query returns the current clock threshold setting.
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:THRESHOLD? might return
Returns the current setup and hold data source. On 3-MSO models, the source can be any combination of CH1-CH4 and D0-D15; on 2-channel MDO32, Aux Input is also available.
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH1 sets channel 1 as the data source for the setup and hold trigger. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH1,D0,D15 specifies Ch1, D0 and D15 as three data sources for the setup/hold trigger. TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH1,D0,D15 indicating that channel 1, digital channel 0, and digital channel 15 are the current data sources for the setup and hold trigger.
Queries the current data voltage level used for setup and hold trigger thresholding.
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:THRESHOLD? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:THRESHOLD 1.2000E+00 indicating that 1.2 V is the current data voltage level for the setup and hold trigger.
Specifies the hold time for setup and hold violation triggering.
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME 2.0000E-09 indicating that the current hold time for the setup and hold trigger is 2 ns.
Returns the current setup time for the setup-and-hold trigger. The query response may be shown as a corresponding :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:SETHOLD:SETTIME command with the time value.
Queries the threshold for analog channel x, where x can be 1 to 4. The threshold affects all trigger types using the channel.
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH1? might return TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH1 0.0E+0 indicating the channel 1 threshold is set to 0.0 volts.
Sets the trigger threshold for the A:SETHold path. <NR3> specifies a floating-point threshold voltage in volts; ECL and TTL select preset high levels of -1.3 V and 1.4 V, respectively.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | real | V | Threshold voltage, in volts, or a preset level keyword. |
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D1 ECL TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D1?
Specifies the polarity used when triggering with the TIMEOut trigger type. The timeout trigger type is selected with TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss TIMEOut.
TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:POLarity STAYSHigh TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:POLarity?
When triggering using the TIMEOut trigger type, this command returns the source. Available sources include live channels, digital channels, and the Aux Input connector; the default is channel 1.
TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:SOUrce CH4 TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:SOUrce?
Sets or queries the trigger A timeout time in seconds.
:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:TIMe 4.0E-9 specifies the timeout time of 4.0 nsec. :TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:TIMe? might return 8.0000E-9, which is the default.
This command specifies the delta time used in calculating the transition value for the transition trigger.
Returns transition time trigger parameters.
TRIGGER:A::TRANSITION? might return :TRIGGER:A::TRANSITION:POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN SLOWER;DELTATIME 8.0000E-9
Sets or queries the delta time for the transition trigger, in seconds.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| delta time | real | s | Floating point delta time value in seconds. |
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:DELTATIME 15E-6 TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:DELTATIME?
This command specifies the polarity for the transition trigger.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | EITher | NEGative | POSitive | Sets the transition trigger polarity. |
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY NEGATIVE TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY?
Specifies the polarity for the transition trigger.
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY? might return :TRIGGER:A: TRANSITION:POLARITY EITHER indicating that the polarity can be either positive or negative.
Specifies the source for a transition trigger.
Queries the source channel used for the A transition trigger. The response indicates which analog channel is currently selected as the trigger source.
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:SOURCE CH4 TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:SOURCE CH2
Specifies whether the trigger checks for a transition that is faster or slower than the specified delta time. The query returns the current transition comparison setting.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | SLOWer | FASTer | EQual | UNEQual | Selects whether the trigger occurs when the signal transition time is slower than, faster than, equal to, or not equal to the delta time. |
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN SLOWER TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN? might return :TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION: WHEN FASTER
Specifies whether to check for a transitioning signal that is faster, slower, equal, or not equal to the delta time set by TRIGger:A:TRANsition:DELTatime.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | SLOWer | FASTer | EQual | UNEQual | Selects the trigger condition relative to the specified delta time. |
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN SLOWER TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN? might return :TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION: WHEN FASTER
Queries the current type of the A trigger. The available trigger types are edge, logic, pulse, bus, and video.
Sets the upper threshold for analog channel <x> for runt and transition trigger types. Each channel can have an independent level.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| channel | integer | 1 - 4 | Analog channel number to set. |
| level | real | V | Threshold level in volts. |
| preset | enum | ECL | TTL | Preset high-level threshold. |
TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2 50E-3 TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2?
Sets the video trigger custom format/type to use for triggering on video signals. Use this only when the video standard is set to BILevelcustom or TRILevelcustom.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| format|type | enum | INTERLAced | PROGressive | Selects the video trigger format/type. |
Sets the custom video line period for the standard under test. The video standard must also be set to BILevelcustom or TRILevelcustom.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| line period | real | s | Custom video line period. |
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:LINEPERIOD 50.5E-6 TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:LINEPERIOD?
Sets the sync interval used for custom video triggering. The interval is specified as a number in seconds.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| sync interval | real | s | Sync interval in seconds. |
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:SYNCINTERVAL 4.0E-6 TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:SYNCINTERVAL?
Sets the standard to use for triggering on video signals. The query form returns the currently selected video standard.
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:STANDARD NTSC TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:STANDARD?
Selects or returns whether the B trigger occurs after a specified number of events or a specified period of time after the A trigger.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | EVENTS | TIMe | Selects whether the B trigger is based on a number of events or a time delay. |
TRIGGER:B:BY TIME sets the B trigger to occur at a set time after the A trigger event.
Specifies the type of coupling for the B edge trigger.
TRIGGER:B:EDGE? might return :TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SOURCE CH1; SLOPE RISE;COUPLING DC
This query returns the current slope setting for the B trigger edge. RISE indicates triggering on the rising or positive edge, and FALL indicates triggering on the falling or negative edge.
TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SLOPE? might return :TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SLOPE RISE
This command specifies the source for the B trigger.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | AUX | LINE | RF | Source used for the B trigger. |
Specifies the number of events that must occur before the B trigger occurs when TRIG:DELay:BY is set to EVENTS.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| count | integer | - | Number of events required before the B trigger occurs. |
Specifies the B trigger level for a specific channel. Each channel can have an independent level.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 | Channel number for which the B trigger level is set. |
| state | enum | ECL | TTL | Selects a preset logic-level threshold. |
| level | real | V | Sets the B trigger level in volts. |
Specifies the level for the B trigger. The query returns the current B trigger level in volts.
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL TTL TRIGGER:B:LEVEL?
Specifies the B trigger level for digital channel <x>. Each channel can have an independent level; on 3 Series MDO models the digital threshold controls are shared across channel groups.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 0 | Digital channel number. |
| level | enum | ECL | TTL | Preset high level, or a floating-point trigger level in user units. |
| value | real | V | Floating-point trigger level in user units, usually volts. |
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D2? TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D2 TTL
Queries the lower threshold preset or numeric level for the selected digital channel. The channel can be set to the preset ECL or TTL level, or to a floating-point threshold in volts.
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1? might return TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1 1.4000 indicating the threshold is set to 1.4 volts.
Sets or queries the lower threshold for the selected digital channel. Each channel can have an independent level, used as the lower threshold in runt and transition triggers and as the single level/threshold for other trigger types.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 0 - 15 | Digital channel number selected by <x>. |
| threshold | real | V | Threshold level in volts. |
| qualifier | enum | ECL | TTL | Preset threshold level keyword. |
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1? might return TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1 1.4000 indicating the threshold is set to 1.4 volts.
Returns the B trigger state. 0 indicates the B trigger is inactive; any other value indicates it is active and can cause trigger events.
TRIGGER:B:STATE? might return :TRIGGER:B:STATE 0 indicating that the B trigger is inactive and that only the A trigger causes trigger events.
Specifies the B trigger delay time. The B trigger time applies only if TRIGger:B:BY is set to TIMe.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time | real | s | B trigger delay time in seconds. |
TRIGGER:B:TIME 4E-6 sets the B trigger delay time to 4 µs. TRIGGER:B:TIME? might return :TRIGGER:B:TIME 16.0000E-9 indicating that the B trigger time is set to 16 ns.
Sets or queries the B trigger type. EDGE sets the B trigger type to edge.
TRIGGER:B:TYPE EDGE TRIGGER:B:TYPE? might return:TRIGGER:B:TYPE EDGE.
Specifies the attenuation factor of the probe attached to the Aux Input connector. This command is available for the 2-channel MDO32 model only.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| attenuation factor | real | - | Floating point number that specifies the attenuation factor of the probe. |
TRIGGER:EXTERNAL:PROBE? might return :TRIGGER:EXTERNAL:PROBE 1.0E1 for a 10X probe.
Sets the ARINC 429A bus trigger condition default value. The factory default is START.
Sets the qualifier used for the ARINC429A trigger data comparison. The factory default is EQUAL.
Sets the ARINC 429A data value used for trigger matching. The factory default is ANY.
Sets the default error type for the ARINC 429A bus trigger on bus B1. The factory default value shown is "XXXXXXXX".
Sets the high-value limit used by the ARINC 429 label trigger condition. The default value is not shown on this page.
Sets or queries the qualifier used for the ARINC 429 label trigger condition. The factory default is EQUAL.
Sets the ARINC 429 label value used for trigger setup on bus B1. The factory default for this setting is not shown in the slice.
Sets the SDI field for the ARINC429A bus trigger. The factory default value is "XX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| sdi | string | - | SDI value for the ARINC429A trigger. |
Sets the ARINC 429A SSM default value for trigger A bus B1. The factory default is "XX".
Sets the trigger condition for bus B1 audio triggering. The factory default is SOF.
Sets the high-value threshold for audio bus trigger data. The factory default is 0.
Sets the data offset for bus B1 audio trigger conditions. The factory default value is documented in the default-values table, but no range or units are given in this slice.
Sets the qualifier used for audio data triggering on bus B1. The factory default value is EQUAL.
Sets the trigger bus A, bus B1 audio data value condition. The factory default value is ANY.
Sets the audio trigger data word. The factory default for this setting is documented as the value "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| word | - | - | Audio data word to match for triggering. |
Sets or shows the default value for the CAN trigger conditions-of setting. The factory-default table lists this item with a default of SOF.
Sets the CAN trigger data direction condition for bus B1. The factory default is NOCARE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | NOCARE | Direction state used for CAN data triggering. |
Sets the data offset for CAN bus trigger conditions. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | real | 0.0E+0 | Data offset used by the CAN trigger condition. |
Sets the CAN data qualifier used for trigger bus B1. The factory default value is EQUAL.
Sets the CAN trigger data size for bus B1. The factory default value is 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | integer | 1 | Number of data bytes used for the CAN trigger comparison. |
Sets the CAN trigger data start position. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| start | real | 0.0E+0 | Start position for the CAN data comparison. |
Sets the CAN trigger data value. The factory default is ANY.
Sets or displays the CAN FD bit rate switch bit trigger setting. The factory default value is X.
Sets the CAN FD ESI bit trigger condition default value. The factory default for this item is X.
Sets the CAN frame type used for bus trigger conditions. The factory default value listed for this item is DATA.
Sets the CAN identifier mode for bus trigger B1. The default value shown is STANDARD.
Sets the CAN identifier value used for bus trigger conditions. The factory default value is not stated in the slice.
Sets the trigger condition for FlexRay bus trigger B1. The default value is SOF.
Sets the high value used by the FlexRay cycle-count trigger condition. The default value is shown in the factory defaults table.
Sets the qualifier used for the FlexRay cycle count trigger condition. The factory default for this setting is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | EQUAL | Qualifier for the FlexRay cycle count trigger condition. |
Sets the FlexRay cycle count trigger value for bus trigger A, B1. The factory default value is shown in the defaults table.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | FlexRay cycle count value. |
Sets the high value used for the FlexRay data trigger condition. The factory default is -1.
Sets the FlexRay trigger data offset default value. The default values table lists the command with no additional syntax or parameter details.
Sets the FlexRay bus data qualifier default value. The factory default for this setting is EQUAL.
Sets the FlexRay trigger data size for bus trigger A, bus B1. The default value is 1.
Sets the FlexRay data trigger value used on bus B1 for trigger A. The factory default value shown for this parameter is 1.
Sets the FlexRay end-of-frame trigger type. The factory default is STATIC.
Sets the FlexRay trigger error type default value. The factory default is CRCHEADER.
Sets the high value used for the FlexRay frame ID trigger condition. The factory default value is shown as "XXXXXXXXXXX".
Sets the qualifier used for the FlexRay frame ID trigger comparison. The factory default is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | EQUAL | Qualifier used for the frame ID comparison. |
Sets the FlexRay trigger frame ID value used for bus trigger matching. The factory default value is shown as "XXXXXXXXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Frame ID value. |
Sets the FlexRay frame type for the trigger on bus B1. Factory default is NORMAL.
Sets the FlexRay header CRC used for trigger qualification on bus B1. The default value is shown in the factory defaults table.
Sets the FlexRay header cycle count trigger value. The factory default is "XXXXXXXXXXX".
Sets the FlexRay header frame ID used for trigger qualification. The factory default value is "XXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| frameid | string | - | FlexRay header frame ID value. |
Sets the FlexRay header indicator bits for trigger A bus B1. The factory default value is "XXXXXXX".
Sets the payload length field for the FlexRay header trigger on bus B1. The factory default is ADDR7.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| payload length | enum | ADDR7 | Payload length setting for the FlexRay header trigger. |
Sets the I2C address mode for trigger bus B1. The default value is USER.
Sets the type used for the I2C address trigger condition on bus B1. The factory default is USER.
Sets the I2C trigger address value for bus B1.
Sets the I2C trigger condition for bus B1. The factory default is START.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | START | I2C trigger condition. |
Sets the I2C trigger data direction for bus B1. The default value is NOCARE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | NOCARE | Specifies the I2C data direction condition. |
Sets the I2C trigger data size. The factory default value is 1.
Sets the I2C trigger data start value. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| start | real | - | I2C trigger data start value. |
Sets the trigger bus B1 I2C data value used for trigger qualification. The factory default shown for this item is "XXXXXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | I2C data value used for trigger qualification. |
Sets the trigger condition for bus B1 LIN trigger A. The factory default is SYNCFIELD.
Sets the high value used for LIN trigger data comparison. The factory default is "XXXXXXXX".
Sets the LIN data qualifier used for trigger comparison on bus B1. The factory default is EQUAL.
Sets the LIN trigger data size for bus B1. The factory default is 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | integer | 1 | LIN trigger data size. |
Sets the trigger A bus B1 LIN data value used for trigger qualification. The factory default value is shown as "XXXXXXXX".
Sets the LIN error type for trigger A bus B1. The factory default is SYNC.
Sets the LIN identifier value for trigger A bus B1. The factory default value is shown as "XXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | LIN identifier value. |
Sets the high value used for the MIL-STD-1553B command address trigger condition. It appears in the factory-defaults table with no additional syntax or range details on this page.
Sets the qualifier used for the MIL-STD-1553B command address trigger condition. The default value is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | EQUAL | Qualifier used to compare the command address. |
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B command address value used for bus trigger qualification. The factory default is "XXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | - | Command address value. |
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B command count used for the trigger condition. The factory default value is X.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| count | integer | - | MIL-STD-1553B command count value. |
Sets the parity value for the MIL-STD-1553B command field in trigger A bus B1. The factory default is shown in the default-values table.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B command subaddress used for trigger qualification. The factory default value is X.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| subaddress | integer | - | MIL-STD-1553B command subaddress. |
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B command trigger bit. The factory default is shown as unset/blank for this item in the defaults table.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B trigger condition for bus B1. The factory default is SYNC.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SYNC | Trigger condition for the MIL-STD-1553B bus. |
Sets the parity condition used for MIL-STD-1553B data trigger matching. The factory default shown in the manual is "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX".
Sets the MIL-1553B error type used by the trigger A bus B1 setup. The factory default value is PARITY.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | PARITY | MIL-1553B error type. |
Sets the high-value limit used by the MIL-1553B status address trigger condition. The default value is shown in the factory defaults table.
Sets the qualifier used for the MIL-1553B status address trigger condition. The default value is EQUAL.
Sets the trigger bus address value used for MIL-1553B status address triggering. The factory default is X.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | - | Address value used for the status address trigger condition. |
Sets the BUSY status-bit trigger parameter default value. The factory default for this command is X.
Sets the database compare bit used by the MIL-STD-1553B trigger status condition. The factory default value is X.
Sets the trigger bit selection for the MIL-STD-1553B bus trigger condition. The factory default value is X.
Sets or reports the value used for the MIL-1553B status bit ME trigger condition. The factory default is X.
Sets the status-bit trigger selection for MIL-1553B bus triggering. The factory default for this item is X.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B status bit subfield trigger condition. The default value is X.
Sets or shows the trigger status bit TF for bus B1 on trigger A. This entry is listed in the factory default table with a default value of X.
Sets the parity value used by the MIL-STD-1553B bus trigger status condition. The factory default is 4.0000E-6.
Sets the lower time limit used for the MIL-1553B bus trigger condition. The factory default is 12.0000E-6.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time limit | real | s | Lower time limit for the trigger condition. |
Sets the upper time limit used by the MIL-1553B trigger timing qualifier. The factory default value is 12.0000E-6.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time | real | s | Upper time limit for the trigger timing condition. |
Sets the MIL-1553B time qualifier used for trigger timing comparison. The factory default for this item is MORETHAN.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | MORETHAN | Time qualifier value. |
Sets the parallel bus trigger value for bus B1. The factory default value is "X".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | string | - | Parallel bus trigger value. |
Sets the RS232C trigger condition for bus B1. The default value is TXSTART.
Sets the size of received RS232C data used by the trigger bus B1 definition. The factory default is "XXXXXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | - | - | Size of the received RS232C data. |
Sets the size of the transmit data field for the RS232C bus trigger condition. The factory default value shown in the manual is "XXXXXXXX".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | integer | - | Size of the RS232C transmit data field. |
Sets the SPI trigger condition for bus B1 on trigger A. The factory default value is SS.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| condition | enum | SS | SPI trigger condition. |
Factory default value entry for the SPI data-in trigger value under bus B1. The slice only lists the default value, not command syntax or behavior.
Sets the SPI data output value used by the trigger bus B1 configuration. The factory default value is not shown in the slice.
Sets the SPI data size for bus trigger B1. The factory default value is 1.
Sets the starting value for SPI data triggering on bus B1. This factory-default entry shows the command's default as 0.0E+0.
Sets the high value used for USB address trigger testing on bus B1. The factory default is shown in the defaults table.
Sets the USB trigger condition for bus B1. The factory-default value for this command is not shown on this page slice.
Sets the high value used for USB data triggering on bus B1. The factory default is -1.
Sets the USB bus data offset default value for trigger A bus B1. The factory-default table lists a default entry for this command, but does not provide any parameter syntax or return information.
Sets the USB trigger data size default value. The factory-default table lists the default for this item as 1.
Sets the USB trigger data type. The factory default is ANY.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | ANY | USB data type used for triggering. |
Sets the USB data value used for bus trigger setup. The factory default for this setting is "XXXXXXXX".
Sets the USB endpoint value used by trigger A bus B1 USB trigger qualification. The factory default value is listed in the defaults table.
Sets the USB bus error type used for trigger bus B1. The factory default is PID.
Sets the USB handshake type for trigger A bus B1. The factory default is ANY.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| handshake type | enum | ANY | USB handshake type. |
Sets the qualifier used for USB bus trigger matching. The factory default is EQUAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| qualifier | enum | EQUAL | Selects the USB trigger qualifier. |
Sets the default value for the USB soft frame number trigger setting. The factory default is ANY.
Sets the default value for the USB special trigger type under TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB. The factory default is ANY.
Sets the USB token type used by bus trigger A, bus B1. The factory default is ANY.
Sets the source used for trigger A bus triggering. The factory default value is B1.
Sets the coupling for the A edge trigger. The factory default is DC.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| coupling | enum | DC | Trigger coupling mode. |
Sets the slope for edge trigger A. The factory default is RISE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| slope | enum | RISE | FALL | Edge trigger slope. |
Sets the edge trigger source. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | Trigger source channel. |
Sets the trigger A holdoff time. The factory default value is 20.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time | real | s | Holdoff time. |
Sets the trigger A level. The default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Trigger level value. |
Sets the auxiliary input trigger level for trigger A. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Auxiliary input trigger level. |
Sets the trigger A level for CH1. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Trigger level for CH1. |
Sets the trigger A level for digital channel D10. The default value is 1.4000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| D10 | real | - | Trigger level for digital input D10. |
Sets the trigger A logic class. The factory default value is LOGIC.
Sets the logic trigger function. The factory default is AND.
Sets the logic input assignment for channel 1 in the A trigger. The factory default value is X.
Sets the logic trigger clock edge condition default value. The factory default is RISE.
Sets the factory-default source for the A logic trigger clock input. The default value is NONE.
Sets the default value for digital trigger input D10. The factory default shown is X.
Sets the pattern trigger delta time default value. The factory default is 8.0000E-9.
Sets the time relationship used for pattern trigger qualification. The factory default value is TRUE.
Sets the low limit used by the trigger A logic pattern WHEN condition. The factory default value is 8.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| limit | real | s | Low limit value for the pattern trigger WHEN condition. |
Sets the logic pattern trigger 'more limit' default value. The factory default is 8.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| morelimit | real | s | More limit value for the pattern trigger. |
Sets the trigger A logic threshold for channel 1. The default value listed in the factory defaults table is 1.4000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Threshold level for CH1. |
Sets the logic trigger threshold for digital channel D10. The factory default value is 1.4000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Threshold level for digital input D10. |
Sets the lower trigger threshold for the AUX trigger input. The factory default value is 0.0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Lower threshold value for the AUX trigger input. |
Sets the lower trigger threshold for the specified source channel.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| channel | enum | CH1 | Source channel to which the lower threshold applies. |
Sets the lower threshold for trigger A on D10. The factory default value for this item is 1.4000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Lower threshold value for trigger A on D10. |
Sets the A trigger mode. The factory default is AUTO.
Sets the pulse trigger class. The factory default is WIDTH.
Sets the high limit for trigger A pulse-width measurements. The factory default is 12.0000E-9.
Sets the lower pulse-width trigger limit for Trigger A. The factory default is 8.0000E-9.
Sets or reports the polarity used for pulse width trigger qualification. The factory default is POSITIVE.
Sets the pulse-width trigger condition to occur when the measured pulse width is compared against the selected limit condition. The default value for this setting is LESSTHAN.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | LESSTHAN | Pulse-width comparison condition. |
Sets the pulse width trigger width setting. The factory default is 8.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| width | real | 8.0000E-9 - 12.0000E-9 | Pulse width threshold width. |
Sets the polarity for the A runt trigger. The factory default is POSITIVE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | POSITIVE | Polarity setting for the runt trigger. |
Sets when Trigger A Runt trigger occurs. The default value is OCCURS.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| when | enum | OCCURS | Specifies the trigger occurrence condition. |
Sets the trigger A runt pulse width. The factory default is 8.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| width | real | s | Runt pulse width threshold. |
Sets the clock edge used for setup/hold triggering. The factory default is RISE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| edge | enum | RISE | Clock edge selection for setup/hold triggering. |
Sets the clock source used for trigger A sethold clock triggering. The factory default is CH1.
Sets the threshold used by the A set/hold trigger clock. The factory default value is 9.91E+37.
Sets the source for trigger A set-hold data. The slice only shows the factory default listing for this command and does not document allowed source values.
Sets the data threshold value for trigger A set/hold triggering. The factory default value is 9.91E+37.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Data threshold value for trigger A set/hold triggering. |
Sets the hold time for A set/hold triggering. The factory default is 8.0000E-9.
Sets the settime value for trigger A set-hold triggering. The factory default value is 8.0000E-9.
Sets the threshold for trigger A sethold on channel 1. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
Sets the default threshold for digital channel D10 in the A trigger set/hold configuration. The factory default value is 1.4000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Threshold level for digital channel D10. |
Sets the trigger A timeout polarity. The factory default is STAYSHIGH.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | STAYSHIGH | Trigger timeout polarity. |
Sets the trigger A timeout time. The factory default is 8.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time | real | s | Timeout time for trigger A. |
Sets the delta-time threshold used for A transition triggering. The factory default is 8.0000E-9.
Sets the polarity used for a transition trigger on trigger A. The factory default is POSITIVE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | POSITIVE | NEGATIVE | Polarity used for the transition trigger. |
Sets the transition-rate condition used for trigger A. The factory default is SLOWER.
Sets the trigger A type. The factory default is EDGE.
Sets the upper trigger threshold for channel 1. The factory default value for this setting is 800.0000E-3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Upper threshold for CH1. |
Sets the custom video trigger format. The factory default is PROGRESSIVE.
Sets the custom video trigger line period. This command is part of the video trigger custom format settings.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| lineperiod | real | s | Line period for the custom video format. |
Sets the custom video trigger sync interval. The default value listed for this item is shown in the factory defaults table.
Sets the video trigger holdoff field value.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| field | real | 0.0E+0 | Video trigger holdoff field value. |
Selects line triggering for video trigger A. The factory default value is 1.
Sets the video trigger polarity. The default value is POSITIVE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | POSITIVE | Video trigger polarity. |
Sets the video trigger standard.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| standard | enum | NTSC | Video standard to use. |
Selects the video sync source for A trigger video mode. The factory default is ALLLINES.
Sets the trigger B event-by event/timeout selection. The factory default is TIME.
Sets the trigger B edge coupling mode. The factory default is DC.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| coupling | enum | DC | Selects the trigger B edge coupling mode. |
Sets the slope used for trigger B edge triggering. The factory default is RISE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| slope | enum | RISE | FALL | Selects the trigger edge slope. |
Sets the source used for trigger B edge triggering. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | Trigger source for B edge triggering. |
Sets the default number of events for trigger B. The factory default is 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| count | integer | 1 | Number of events for trigger B. |
Sets the trigger B level. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Trigger B level value. |
Sets the trigger B level for channel 1. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Trigger level for CH1. |
Sets the default trigger level for digital line D10. The factory default value is 1.4000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Trigger level for digital line D10. |
Sets the lower threshold for trigger B on channel 1. The factory default value is 1.4000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Lower threshold value for trigger B on CH1. |
Sets the factory default value for trigger B lower threshold D10. The default value shown is 1.4000.
Sets the trigger B state. The factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | 0 - 1 | Trigger B enable state. |
Sets the B trigger time value. The factory default is 8.0000E-9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time | real | s | B trigger time value. |
Sets the trigger B type. The factory default is EDGE.
Sets the probe attenuation for the external trigger input. The factory default value is 1.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| probe | real | - | Probe attenuation factor for the external trigger input. |
Specifies the trigger type for trigger A. In the example, EDGE selects an edge trigger and RUNT selects a runt search trigger.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | EDGE | RUNT | Trigger type to use. |
:TRIGger:A:TYPe EDGE :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:TYPe RUNT
Returns the current trigger state. In the example, it should return TRIGGER, not AUTO.
:TRIGger:STATE?
Sets the high-value address threshold used for USB bus trigger/search conditions on bus B<x>. The slice only lists the command name and does not document parameters or behavior beyond its association with USB serial triggering and analysis.
Sets the USB trigger condition for bus B<x>. This command is part of the USB Serial Triggering and Analysis Module option.
Sets the USB data offset used for USB bus trigger/search conditions on bus B<x>.
Sets the USB data size used for trigger or search conditions on bus B<x>.
Sets the USB data type used by the trigger on bus B<x>. The slice lists the command name only and does not provide syntax, parameters, or a functional description.
Sets the USB data value used for USB bus triggering on bus B<x>. This command is part of the USB Serial Triggering and Analysis Module option.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | - | USB data value to compare against. |
Selects the USB error type used by trigger/search conditions for bus B<x>. The slice lists the command name only and does not provide syntax, allowed values, or behavior details.
Sets the USB handshake type used for trigger conditions on bus B<x>. The slice only lists the command name in the option-enabled command index and does not provide syntax or detailed behavior.
Selects the bus source used for A bus trigger/search operations.
Sets the trigger edge slope for trigger A. This command is listed in the index alongside the corresponding trigger source command.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| slope | enum | RISE | FALL | Edge slope selection. |
Sets the trigger level for the specified analog channel. The channel is selected by the <x> suffix.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| channel | integer | 1 | Analog input channel number. |
Selects the logic trigger function for trigger A. The index entry points to the detailed command documentation on page 2-654.
Sets the source of the trigger A logic input clock. The command is listed under trigger A logic input settings in the index.
Sets the logic trigger function under trigger A. The index entry indicates this command is part of the TRIGger:A:LOGIc subsystem.
Sets the channel used for the lower threshold of trigger A. The command is listed in the trigger level section under a channel-specific lower-threshold node.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| CH<x> | channel_list | - | Channel selection for the lower threshold. |
Selects the source used for pulse width triggering.
Sets the pulse-width trigger condition for trigger A. The listed related page is for the command, but the slice does not provide the full syntax or parameter details.
Sets the pulse width width limit for trigger A pulse-width qualification. The command is documented as part of the trigger A pulse-width subsystem.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| width | real | - | Width limit for the pulse-width trigger. |
Sets the polarity used for RUNT trigger qualification.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | - |
Sets the source used for RUNT triggering. The command is listed under the SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT subtree.
Sets the trigger A runt condition. The command belongs to the SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT group and is documented with related runt polarity, source, and width settings.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| when | enum | - | Runt trigger condition. |
Sets the clock edge used by set/reset hold triggering. This command is listed under the :TRIGger:A:SETHold subtree in the index.
Sets the clock source used for set/hold triggering.
Sets the clock edge used for the sethold threshold. This command is part of the :TRIGger:A:SETHold subsystem.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| edge | enum | RISe | FALL | Clock edge selection. |
Sets the hold-clock trigger settings. The index lists related subcommands for source and threshold, but this slice does not provide parameter details for the query form.
Sets the data source used by the set/hold trigger clock. The command is part of the :TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa subtree.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - | Data source for the set/hold trigger. |
Sets the threshold for set/hold data. The command is part of the A trigger set/hold configuration.
Selects the data source used for the set/reset hold trigger. The manual index lists this as a related command under SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:
Sets the hold time for the trigger A set/reset hold function.
Sets the set time for the A set/reset hold trigger. The command is part of the SEARCH trigger subsystem.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| SETTime | real | - | Set time for the A set/reset hold trigger. |
Sets the threshold used by the A set/hole trigger on channel x. The manual index cross-references this command under the SEARCH trigger subsystem.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| CH<x> | integer | 1 - 4 | Channel number to which the threshold applies. |
Sets the threshold for D<x> data used by the A set/hold trigger. This command is part of the SEARCH<x> trigger A set/hold threshold family.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| D<x> | real | - | Data channel threshold value. |
Sets or queries the setup/hold trigger timing configuration. The page index lists related subcommands for clock source, clock threshold, hold time, set time, and threshold settings.
Sets the polarity used for the A-trigger timeout condition.
Sets the source used by the trigger A timeout condition.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - |
Sets the timeout time used for trigger A timeout triggering.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time | real | s | Timeout duration. |
Sets the upper threshold for the specified trigger channel. The command is listed under the SEARCH trigger family as a channel-specific upper-threshold setting.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| CH<x> | channel_list | - | Trigger channel to which the upper threshold applies. |
Selects the source for trigger B edge triggering.
Sets the count of trigger events. The index lists this command as a trigger B event count setting.
Sets the lower threshold for digital channel trigger level D<x>. The index entry indicates this command is part of the trigger level threshold controls for digital inputs.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 0 - 15 | Digital channel index for the threshold setting. |
Sets the lower threshold for the trigger source on a specified channel. The command is part of the SEARCH trigger subsystem.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| CH<x> | real | - | Channel whose lower threshold is being set. |
Sets the lower threshold for the trigger input associated with the selected digital channel. The command is documented under the trigger threshold subsystem for D<x> channels.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Digital channel number. |
Sets the trigger B time. The manual page slice only lists the command in the index and does not provide syntax or parameter details.
Selects the trigger type for source A in the SEARCH<x> subsystem.
Turns on or off the math waveform or returns whether the math waveform is on or off.
Turns on and off the display of the math waveform. The query returns whether the math waveform is on or off but does not indicate whether it is the selected waveform.
Sets or queries the AFG output load impedance. FIFty sets the output load impedance to 50 ohms, and HIGHZ sets it to the high-impedance state.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| load impedance | enum | FIFty | HIGHZ | Selects the AFG output load impedance. |
AFG:OUTP:LOA:IMPED FIF sets the AFG output load impedance to 50 Ohms.
Sets or queries the AFG ramp symmetry as a percentage. Minimum is 0.0%, maximum is 100.0%, and increment is 0.10%.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| symmetry | real | 0.0% - 100.0% | AFG ramp symmetry as a percentage. |
AFG:RAMP:SYMMETRY 50.0 sets the AFG ramp symmetry to 50 percent.
Sets or queries the AFG duty cycle as a percentage. Minimum is 10.0%, maximum is 90.0%, with 0.10% increment.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| duty cycle | real | 10.0 - 90.0 | Floating point number that represents the AFG duty cycle, as a percentage. |
AFG:SQUARE:DUTY 50.0
Sets the AFG output amplitude. The factory default is 500.0000E-3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| amplitude | real | V | Output amplitude. |
Sets the byte order used for arbitrary waveform data stored in EMEM. The factory default is LSB.
Sets the encoding used for arbitrary waveform memory points. The factory default is ASCII.
Sets or queries the AFG output frequency. The default value is 100.0E+3.
Sets the waveform function used by the AFG output. The factory default is SINE.
Sets the AFG high level output voltage. The factory default is 250.0000E-3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| highlevel | real | V | High level output voltage. |
Sets the arbitrary function generator level preset to a default source. The default value is USER.
Sets the low output level for the AFG. The factory default is -250.0000E-3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | V | Low output level. |
Sets the noise add percentage for the AFG. The default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| percent | real | - | Noise add percentage. |
Enables or disables noise addition for the AFG output. The default state is 0.
Sets the AFG output offset. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
Sets the AFG output load impedance. The factory default is HIGHZ.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| impedance | enum | HIGHZ | Load impedance setting. |
Sets the AFG period. The factory default is 9.9999999999916E-6.
Sets the AFG phase. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| phase | real | deg | Phase value. |
Sets the pulse width default for the AFG pulse waveform. The table lists its factory default value as 1.0E-6.
Sets the symmetry of the AFG ramp waveform. The default value is 50.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| symmetry | real | - | Symmetry setting for the ramp waveform. |
Sets the duty cycle for the AFG square wave output. The default value is 50.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| duty | real | - | Duty cycle for the square waveform. |
Sets the modulation depth used for Amplitude Modulation for the AFG. The default setting is 50.0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| depth | real | 0.0 - 100.0 | Depth value in percent. |
Sets the modulation frequency to use for Amplitude Modulation for the AFG.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| frequency | real | 200.0E-3 - 50.0E+3 | Frequency value for modulation. |
AFG:MODULation:AM:FREQuency 10.0E+3 sets the modulation frequency to 10kHz.
Sets the modulation shape to use for Amplitude Modulation for the AFG. Default setting is SINE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| waveform | enum | SINE | SQUare | TRIangle | RAMP | NRAMP | NOISe | Modulation waveform shape. |
Sets the modulation deviation used for Frequency Modulation on the AFG. The value is the deviation around the center frequency specified in AFG:MODULation:FM:FREQuency.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| deviation | real | 0.0 - 25.0E+6 | Deviation value in Hz. |
AFG:MODULation:FM:DEViation 10.0E+3 sets the modulation depth to 10kHz.
Sets the modulation frequency to use for Frequency Modulation for the AFG.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| frequency | real | 0.0 - 25.0E+6 | Modulation frequency value. |
Sets the modulation shape to use for Frequency Modulation for the AFG. Default setting is SINE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| waveform | enum | SINE | SQUare | TRIangle | RAMP | NRAMP | NOISe | Modulation waveform used for FM. |
AFG:MODULation:FM:WAVeform SINE sets the modulation waveform to SINE.
Sets the AFG modulation type. The value is returned by the query form; NONe is used when AFG:RUNMode is not set to MODUlation.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | NONe | AM | FM | Selects the modulation type. |
AFG:MODULation:TYPe AM
Sets the operating run mode for the AFG. Default setting is Continuous.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | CONtinuous | MODUlation | BURst | Operating run mode for the AFG. |
AFG:RUNMode CONtinuous AFG:RUNMode MODUlation
Forces a software trigger of the AFG.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| FORCeopt | enum | FORCe | Force software trigger. |
AFG:TRIGger FORCe will force software AFG trigger.
Sets the trigger count for the AFG. Default setting is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| count | integer | - | Trigger count value. |
Sets the trigger interval for the AFG.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| delay | real | 0.0 - 85 | Trigger delay value. |
AFG:TRIGger:DELay 0.0 sets the trigger count to 0.0.
Sets the trigger interval for the AFG.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| interval | real | 1.0E-3 - 500 | Trigger interval value. |
AFG:TRIGger:INTerval 1.0E-3 sets the trigger count to 1.0E-3.
Sets the operating trigger mode for the AFG. Default setting is NONe.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | NONe | BURst | Operating trigger mode. |
AFG:TRIGger:MODe BURst sets the trigger mode to BURst.
Sets the trigger edge polarity for the AFG. Only applicable when AFG:TRIGger:SOUrce is EXTernal.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | POSitive | NEGative | Trigger edge polarity. |
AFG:TRIGger:POLarity POSitive sets the trigger source to POSitive.
Sets the trigger source for the AFG.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | INTERNal | EXTernal | Selects whether the AFG uses its internal source or an external trigger. |
AFG:TRIGger:SOUrce INTERNal sets the trigger source to INTERNal.
Sets the output amplitude for the AFG waveform generator.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| amplitude | real | - | Output amplitude to set. |
Returns the date for the specified arbitrary waveform record. The command applies to a particular arbitrary waveform slot x.
Sets the label for the specified arbitrary waveform record. The command belongs to the AFG arbitrary waveform group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Arbitrary waveform record index. |
| label | string | - | Label assigned to the arbitrary waveform record. |
Sets or queries the time value associated with an arbitrary waveform in the selected arbitrary waveform memory location.
AFG:ARBitrary:ARB<x>:TIMe?
Returns the arbitrary waveform edit memory function.
Generates the arbitrary waveform stored in the edit memory (EMEM).
Sets the number of points used in arbitrary waveform edit memory. It is listed in the AFG arbitrary edit-memory command group.
Sets the byte order used for arbitrary waveform data in external memory. The index lists this command under the AFG arbitrary waveform external-memory points group.
Sets the encoding used for points in the arbitrary waveform edit memory. The command belongs to the AFG arbitrary EMEM point settings group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| encoding | enum | BYTEORDer | Point encoding format. |
Sets the AFG output frequency.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| frequency | real | 1 mHz - 25 MHz | Frequency of the arbitrary function generator output. |
Sets the AFG waveform function. The command is listed in the AFG command group index entry.
Sets the preset level for the arbitrary function generator output. The exact preset behavior is documented on the command's detail page referenced by the index entry.
Sets the percent of noise added to the AFG output. This command is in the AFG noise-add group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| percent | real | 0 - 100 | Percent of noise to add to the output. |
Sets the offset of the arbitrary/function generator output. This command belongs to the AFG command group and is documented on page 2-118.
Sets the output load impedance for the AFG output.
Sets the AFG output state.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | - | Turns the AFG output on or off. |
Sets the phase offset for the AFG output. The command belongs to the AFG command group.
Queries the current application type. The query returns NONe if none of the supported application modules are installed.
APPL:TYP? might return LIMITMASK.
Selects the application type. The factory default is POWER.
Enables testing against limit masks generated from "golden" waveforms and mask testing using custom user-defined masks.
Returns the location of the license slot identified by <x>.
Transfers a license in the specified slot. The index entry points to the detailed command documentation on page 2-126.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | License slot index. |
Returns the type of the license in the specified slot.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | License slot index. |
Enables or disables the autoset feature. The default state is 1 (autoset enabled).
AUTOSET:ENABLE 1 AUTOSET:ENABLE? might return AUTOSET:ENABLE 0
Automatically performs a setup routine on the oscilloscope. The command supports the Operation Complete function when used as shown in the status and events table.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | EXECute | UNDo | Selects whether to execute the autoset operation or undo it. |
Enables or disables AutoSet. This command is listed in the AutoSet command group index entry.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Turns AutoSet on or off. |
Returns information about the probe attached to the Aux Input connector.
AUXIN:PROBE? might return AUXIN:PROBE:ID:TYPE "No Probe Detected";SERNUMBER "";:AUXIN:PROBE:UNITS "";RESISTANCE 1.0000E+6 giving information about the probe attached to the Aux Input connector.
Changes the input bypass setting on VPI probes that support input bypass. If sent to a probe that does not support input bypass, it is ignored.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | BYPass | PASS | Sets the probe to Bypass mode or Pass mode. |
AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal {BYPass|PASS}
AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal?Sets the forced range for the AUXIN probe. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| range | real | - | Forced range value for the AUXIN probe. |
Sets the AUXIN probe gain. The factory default value is 1.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| gain | real | - | Probe gain value. |
Sets the probe settings for the auxiliary input. The command is listed in the AUXin command group index.
Automatically zeroes the auxiliary input probe. The index lists this command as part of the AUXin:PRObe command group.
Returns whether the auxiliary input probe is calibratable.
Defines the AUX input probe command settings.
Sets the degauss operation for the active auxiliary input probe.
Returns the state of the auxiliary probe degauss function.
Sets the forced range for the AUX input probe. The command is listed as part of the AUXin:PRObe command group.
Sets the gain for the AUX input probe. The command is part of the AUXin:PRObe subsystem.
Returns the probe serial number for the selected auxiliary input probe.
Returns the probe type for the auxiliary input probe ID.
Returns the resistance setting for the AUX input probe.
Sets the probe signal type for the AUX input probe. The command is listed in the AUXin:PRObe command group.
Returns the probe units setting for the auxiliary input probe.
Returns the AUX input state. The command is listed as a query in the index, but this slice does not provide additional return-format details.
Sets or queries the source for the Auxiliary Output port. The available sources are ATRIGger/MAIn, REFOut, EVENT, and AFG (AFG only on models with the 3-AFG option).
AUXOut:SOUrce REFOut AUXOut:SOUrce?
Sets the auxiliary output source. The factory default is ATRIGGER.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | ATRIGGER | Auxiliary output source. |
Selects the source for the auxiliary output signal.
Specifies the bit rate for the ARINC429 bus.
Specifies the format of the DATA field in ARINC429 packets on a bus.
Sets or queries the polarity of the ARINC429 bus.
BUS:B1:ARINC429A:POLarity INVERTED BUS:B1:ARINC429A:POLarity?
Specifies the source for the differential input for the ARINC429 bus.
Specifies the number of delay bits for the AUDIO bus. This command is applicable only for TDM audio bus type.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| delay bits | integer | - | Number of delay bits. |
Specifies the bit order for the AUDIO bus.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | MSB | LSB | Sets whether the most significant bit or least significant bit is expected first in the order. |
BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITORDER LSB BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITORDER? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITORDER MSB
Specifies the number of bits per channel for the AUDIO bus. It is applicable only for TDM audio bus type.
Specifies the clock polarity for the AUDIO bus.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | FALL | RISe | Selects the clock polarity edge. |
BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:POLARITY Fall sets the clock polarity to Fall. BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:POLARITY? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:POLARITY RISe indicating that the clock polarity is set to Rise.
Specifies the clock source waveform for the AUDIO bus.
Specifies the data polarity for the AUDIO bus.
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:POLARITY INVERTed sets the data polarity to Inverted. BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:POLARITY? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:POLARITY NORMAL indicating that the data polarity is set to Normal.
Returns the number of bits per word for the selected audio bus. The response is an NR1 value.
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SIZE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SIZE 24
Specifies the data source waveform for the AUDIO bus. Requires option 3-SRAUDIO.
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SOURCE D1 BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SOURCE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SOURCE CH3
Sets or queries the display format for AUDIO bus data on the selected bus B<x>. The format can be binary, hexadecimal, or signed decimal.
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DISPLAY:FORMat BINARY BUS:B1:AUDIO:DISPLAY:FORMat?
Specifies the number of channels in each frame for the AUDIO bus. It is applicable only for TDM audio bus type and requires option 3-SRAUDIO.
BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAME:SIZE 2 BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAME:SIZE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAME:SIZE 8
Specifies the frame sync polarity for the AUDIO bus, selecting either the falling or rising edge. This command requires option 3-SRAUDIO.
BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:POLARITY FALL sets the falling edge for frame sync polarity. BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:POLARITY? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:POLARITY RISe indicating that the polarity is set to Rise.
Specifies the frame sync source waveform for the AUDIO bus.
BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:SOURCE?
Specifies the audio format (type) for the AUDIO bus. This command requires option 3-SRAUDIO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| format | enum | I2S | LJ | RJ | TDM | Audio format for the AUDIO bus. |
BUS:B1:AUDIO:TYPE RJ sets right-justified as the audio format. BUS:B1:AUDIO:TYPE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:TYPE I2S indicating that the audio format is set to I2S.
Specifies the word select polarity for the AUDIO bus. Requires option 3-SRAUDIO.
Specifies the word select source waveform for the AUDIO bus.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | D<x> | Word select source waveform for the AUDIO bus; CH<x> selects an analog channel and D<x> selects a digital channel. |
BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:SOURCE CH1 BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:SOURCE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:SOURCE CH2
Sets or queries the CAN bit rate for bus B<x>. The instrument accepts any positive integer and coerces it to the nearest supported bit rate in 10 bps intervals.
bus:b1:can:bitrate 50000 sets the CAN bit rate to 50000. bus:b1:can:bitrate? might return :BUS:B1:CAN:BITRATE 50000 indicating the bit rate is set to 50K.
Specifies the CAN FD bit rate for the bus. The instrument supports bit rates at 100 bps intervals and coerces any positive integer to the closest supported value.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bit rate | integer | 10000000 | The FD bit rate to set. |
BUS:B1:CAN:FD:BITRate 2000000 BUS:B1:CAN:FD:BITRate? might return 4000000, indicating that the FD bit rate is 4 Mbps.
Specifies the CAN FD standard to use. This feature requires option 3-SRAUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | ISO | NONISO | Selects the CAN FD standard to use. |
BUS:B1:CAN:FD:STANDard ISO BUS:B1:CAN:FD:STANDard? might return :BUS:B1:CAN:FD:STANDARD NONISO, indicating that the CAN FD standard is non-ISO CAN FD.
Specifies the probing method for the CAN bus. This command requires option 3-SRAUTO.
Specifies the sampling point, as a percent, to sample during each bit period for the CAN bus. The allowable range is 5% to 95% for CAN 2.0 and 15% to 95% for CAN FD.
Specifies the CAN bus data source.
Specifies the CAN bus standard to use.
BUS:B1:CAN:STANDard CANFD BUS:B1:CAN:STANDard?
Sets the display format for bus values on bus x. The supported formats are BINary, HEXadecimal, ASCII, MIXed, MIXED2, and BLOCKHEX; the query form returns the current setting.
Specifies the display type for the bus. It can be set to show the protocol information, the logic waveforms that comprise the bus, or both.
Specifies the bit rate for the FlexRay bus signal. The instrument coerces any positive integer to the closest supported bit rate; the maximum bit rate is 100 Mbps.
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:BITRATE? might return BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:BITRATE 10000000 indicating the FlexRay bit rate is 10,000,000 bits per second.
Returns the FlexRay bus channel setting for bus <x>. The channel can be set to A or B.
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL? might return BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL A
Specifies or queries the bus type for bus x. Supported bus types depend on the oscilloscope model and installed application options.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bus type | enum | I2C | SPI | CAN | RS232C | PARallel | USB | LIN | FLEXRay | AUDio | ETHERnet | MIL1553B | ARINC429A | Selects the bus type. |
Sets or queries the USB bit rate used on bus B<x>. The bit rate can be selected as low, full, or high speed.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| rate | enum | LOW | FULL | HIGH | Selects the USB bit rate. |
BUS:B1:USB:BITRATE FULL sets the bit rate to 12 Mbps. BUS:B1:USB:BITRATE? might return :BUS:B1:USB:BITRATE LOW, which indicates that the bit rate is 1.5 Mbps.
Specifies the type of probe connected to the USB bus. This command requires option 3-SRUSB2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | DIFFerential | SINGleended | Selects whether the USB bus probe is differential or single-ended. |
BUS:B1:USB:PROBE DIFFERENTIAL sets the bus probe to differential. BUS:B1:USB:PROBE? might return :BUS:B1:USB:PROBE SINGLEENDED, which indicates that the bus probe is not a differential probe.
Specifies the source waveform for the USB bus when using a differential probe.
Specifies the source for the USB bus D- input. If using single-ended probes, set the sources for both the D+ and D- inputs.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | D<x> | Selects the source waveform for the D- input. |
Specifies the source for the USB D+ input. If using single-ended probes, set the sources for both the D+ and D- inputs.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH<x> | D<x> | Source waveform for the D+ input. |
BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DPLUS CH1 sets the D+ source to channel 1. BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DPLUS? might return :BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DPLUS CH3 indicating that channel 3 is the source.
Sets the lower threshold for the specified channel, applying to all search and trigger types that use the channel. The threshold can be entered as a numeric voltage or as the preset ECL or TTL level.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| channel | channel_list | - | Channel selector placeholder x in CH<x>. |
| threshold | real | V | Threshold value in volts. |
| mode | enum | ECL | TTL | Preset threshold level keyword. |
Sets the lower threshold for each reference waveform. This applies to all search and trigger types that use that reference waveform.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | - | - | Reference waveform identifier. |
Specifies the lower threshold for the math waveform, applying to all search and trigger types that use that math waveform.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | V | Lower threshold value for the math waveform. |
| modeopt | enum | ECL | TTL | Selects a preset lower threshold of -1.3 V (ECL) or 1.4 V (TTL). |
BUS:LOWerthreshold:MATH TTL sets the lower threshold for the math waveform to 1.4 volts. BUS:LOWerthreshold:MATH? might return 0.0E+0, which is the default.
Specifies the threshold for analog channel <x> (channel 1–4). The setting applies to all trigger types that use the channel.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 4 | Channel number for the analog input channel to configure. |
This command specifies the threshold for digital channel <x> (0–15). It applies to all Search and Trigger Types that use the channel.
Sets the upper threshold for each analog channel (1–4). This applies to all search and trigger types that use the channel.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 4 | Analog channel number. |
| value | real | V | Upper threshold level, or the preset keyword ECL or TTL. |
BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 800.0000E-3 BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1?
Sets the upper threshold for each reference waveform, affecting all search and trigger types that use that reference waveform.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | V | Upper threshold value for the reference waveform. |
| stateopt | enum | ECL | TTL | Sets the threshold to the fixed ECL or TTL voltage level. |
Sets or queries the upper threshold for the specified math waveform. The threshold may be given as a numeric voltage or as the fixed levels ECL or TTL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | V | Upper threshold of the math waveform in volts. |
| modeopt | enum | ECL | TTL | Optional fixed threshold level. |
BUS:UPPerhreshold:MATH TTL sets the upper threshold for the math waveform to 1.4000 volts. BUS:UPPerhreshold:MATH? might return 0.0E+0, which is the default.
Sets the ARINC 429A bit rate for bus B1. The factory default value is 100000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bitrate | integer | - | Bit rate for BUS:B1:ARINC429A. |
Sets or shows the ARINC 429 A polarity for bus B1. The factory default value is NORMAL.
Sets the source used for the ARINC 429A bus on bus B1. The factory default is CH1.
Sets the audio bit delay for bus B1. The factory default value is 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bitdelay | integer | - | Audio bit delay for bus B1. |
Sets the audio bit order for bus B1. The factory default is MSB.
Sets the audio channel size for bus B1. The factory default is 24.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | integer | 24 - 24 | Audio channel size. |
Sets the polarity of the audio clock signal for bus B1. The factory default is RISE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | RISE | Polarity of the audio clock signal. |
Sets the source for the audio bus clock. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | Clock source selection. |
Sets the polarity of the audio data signal for bus B1. The factory default is NORMAL.
Sets the size of the audio data field for bus B1. The factory default value is 24.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | integer | 0 - 255 | Size of the audio data field. |
Sets the audio display format for bus B1. The factory default is SIGNEDDECIMAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| format | enum | SIGNEDDECIMAL | Display format for audio data. |
Sets the audio frame size for bus B1. The factory default value is 8.
Sets the polarity of the audio frame sync signal for bus B1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | RISE | Polarity of the audio frame sync signal. |
Sets the audio frame sync source for bus B1. The factory default is CH2.
Sets the bus B1 audio type. The factory default is I2S.
Sets the polarity of the audio word-select signal for bus B1. The factory default is NORMAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | NORMAL | Polarity setting for the word-select signal. |
Sets the default source for the audio word select signal on bus B1. The factory default value is CH2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH2 | Audio word select source. |
Sets the CAN bus bit rate for bus B1. The factory default is 500000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bitrate | integer | Hz | CAN bus bit rate. |
Sets the CAN FD bitrate for bus B1. The factory default is 4000000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bitrate | integer | Hz | CAN FD bitrate. |
Sets the CAN FD standard for bus B1. The factory default is ISO.
Sets the CAN probe signal used by bus B1. The factory default is CANH.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| probe | enum | CANH | CAN probe signal selection. |
Sets the CAN sample point for bus B1. The factory default value is 50.
Sets the source used by bus B1 CAN decoding. The factory default is CH1.
Sets the CAN standard for bus B1. The default value is CAN2X.
Sets the bus display format for bus B1. The factory default is HEXADECIMAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| format | enum | HEXADECIMAL | Display format for the bus. |
Sets the display type for BUS B1. The factory default is BUS.
Sets the FlexRay bus bit rate for bus B1. The factory default is 10,000,000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bitrate | integer | 100000 - 10000000 | Bit rate for the FlexRay bus. |
Sets the FlexRay bus channel. The factory default is A.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| channel | enum | A | B | Selects the FlexRay channel. |
Sets the FlexRay signal type for bus B1. The factory default is BDIFFBP.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| signal | enum | BDIFFBP | FlexRay signal type. |
Sets the FlexRay input source for bus B1. The factory default value is CH1.
Sets the I2C address read-window include setting. The factory default value is 0.
Sets the I2C clock source for bus B1. The factory default is CH1.
Sets the I2C data source for bus B2. The factory default is CH2.
Sets the label for bus 2. The factory default value is not shown in the provided slice.
Sets the LIN bus bitrate for bus B2. The factory default value is 19200.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bitrate | integer | - | LIN bus bitrate. |
Sets the default LIN ID format for bus B1. The factory default value is NOPARITY.
Sets the default polarity for the BUS:B2 LIN bus decoding configuration. The factory default value is NORMAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | NORMAL | Polarity setting for LIN bus decoding. |
Sets the LIN sample point for bus B1. The default value is 50.
Sets the source channel for bus B1 LIN decode. The factory default is CH1.
Sets the LIN standard for bus B1. The factory default is V2X.
Sets the default polarity for MIL1553B bus decoding on bus B2. The factory default value is NORMAL.
Sets the maximum MIL-STD-1553B response time for bus B2. The factory default is 4.0000E-6.
Sets the minimum response time for MIL-STD-1553B bus decoding on bus B2. The factory default value is 4.0000E-6.
Sets the source channel for the MIL-STD-1553B bus decoder on bus B2. The factory default value is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | Source channel for the MIL-STD-1553B bus decoder. |
Sets the default source assigned to parallel bus bit 10. The factory default is D8.
Sets the default clock edge for the parallel bus decoder. The factory default value is RISING.
Sets the factory-default status for whether the parallel clock is locked. The default value is NO.
Sets the source for the parallel bus clock. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | Clock source. |
Sets the parallel bus width for bus B1. The factory default is 1.
Sets the position of bus B2. The factory default value shown in the manual is 0.0E+0.
Sets the default RS232C baud rate for bus B2. The factory default value is 9600.
Sets the default number of data bits for the RS232C bus decode on bus B2. The factory default is 8.
Sets or queries the RS-232C delimiter setting for bus B2. The factory default is LF.
Sets the RS232C display mode for bus B2. The factory default is FRAME.
Sets the RS-232C parity for bus B2. The factory default is NONE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| parity | enum | NONE | RS-232C parity setting. |
Sets the default polarity for the B2 RS-232C bus decode. The factory default shown is NORMAL.
Sets the default source for BUS:B2:RS232C receive data. The factory default is OFF.
Sets the source for the B2 RS232C transmit signal. The factory default is CH1.
Sets the default bit order for BUS:B2 SPI. The factory default value is MSB.
Sets the SPI clock polarity for bus B2. The factory default value is RISE.
Sets the SPI clock source for bus B2. The factory default is CH1.
Sets the polarity for the SPI data input signal on bus B2. The factory default is HIGH.
Sets the default source for SPI data input on bus B2. The factory default value is OFF.
Sets the default polarity for the BUS2 SPI data output. The factory default value is HIGH.
Sets the default source for the SPI data out signal on bus B2. The factory default value is D0.
Sets the SPI data size default for bus B2. The factory default value is 8.
Sets the SPI idle time default value for bus B2. The factory default shown is 5.0000E-6.
Sets the SPI select polarity for bus B2. The factory default is LOW.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | LOW | HIGH | Polarity of the SPI select signal. |
Sets the source for the SPI select signal on bus B2. The default value is CH2.
Sets the bus type for Bus 2. The factory default is PARALLEL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | PARALLEL | Bus type. |
Sets the USB bus bitrate for bus B2. The factory default is FULL.
Sets the default USB probe type for bus B2. The factory default is DIFFERENTIAL.
Sets the B2 USB source to differential mode. The factory default value is DIFFERENTIAL CH1.
Sets the USB DMINUS source for bus B2. The default value is CH2.
Sets the USB source for bus B2 to the D+ line. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | USB source assigned to DPLUS. |
Sets the lower bus threshold for CH1. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Lower threshold value for channel CH1. |
Sets the lower threshold for the Math bus source. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Lower threshold value for the Math bus. |
Sets the lower threshold for the selected bus source. The factory default for REF1 is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Lower threshold value for the bus source. |
Sets the upper threshold for channel 1 bus decoding. The default value shown in the factory defaults table is 800.0000E-3.
Sets the upper threshold for the MATH bus source. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Upper threshold value for MATH. |
Sets the upper threshold for the specified bus source. The factory default for BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:REF1 is 0.0E+0.
Sets or queries the ARINC 429 A bit rate for bus B<x>. The command is available with the 3-SRAERO option.
Sets the ARINC 429A source for bus B<x>.
Sets the polarity for the selected MIL-STD-1553B bus. This command is available with the 3-SRAERO option.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | - |
Sets the maximum response time for MIL-STD-1553B bus packets on the selected bus. This command is available with the 3-SRAERO option.
Sets the minimum MIL-STD-1553B response time for bus B<x>.
Sets the MIL-STD-1553B source for bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - | MIL-STD-1553B source selection. |
Sets the bit delay for the selected audio bus.
Sets the audio bus bit order for the selected bus. This command is available with the 3-SRAUDIO option-enabled module.
Sets the audio channel size for bus B<x>.
Sets or queries the clock polarity for the selected audio bus.
Sets the audio clock source for the selected bus. This command is part of the 3-SRAUDIO option-enabled audio serial triggering and analysis module.
Sets the data polarity for the selected audio bus. This command is available with the 3-SRAUDIO application module.
Sets the audio data size for bus B<x>.
Sets the audio data source for the selected bus. This command is part of the 3-SRAUDIO option-enabled audio serial triggering and analysis commands.
Sets the audio display format for bus B<x>.
Sets the audio frame size for bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | integer | 0 - 15 | Audio frame size. |
Sets the audio frame sync polarity for the selected bus. This command is part of the 3-SRAUDIO option-enabled audio serial triggering and analysis commands.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | - | Frame sync polarity setting. |
Sets the source for the audio frame sync signal for bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - | Source of the audio frame sync signal. |
Sets the audio bus type for the selected bus. This command is part of the 3-SRAUDIO option-enabled commands.
Sets the polarity of the audio word select signal for bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | - | Polarity setting for the word select signal. |
Selects the source used for the WORDSel signal in the audio bus configuration.
Sets the CAN bus bit rate for the selected bus B<x> option. The slice only lists the command name and does not provide syntax, range, or further detail.
Sets the CAN FD bit rate for bus B<x>.
Sets the CAN source for bus B<x>.
Sets the CAN bus standard for bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| standard | enum | - | The CAN standard to use. |
Sets the polarity used for LIN bus decoding on bus B<x>. The command is listed among option-enabled application module commands, but this page slice does not provide the setting values or syntax details.
Sets the LIN sample point for the selected bus. This command is part of the option-enabled bus configuration commands for bus B<x>.
Sets the LIN bus source for Bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - |
Sets the LIN bus standard for the selected bus. The command is listed under option-enabled bus commands, but this page slice does not provide syntax details or a value list.
Sets the FlexRay channel for bus B<x>.
Sets the FLEXray signal setting for bus B<x>. The command is listed as part of the option-enabled BUS:B<x>:FLEXray command set.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| signal | enum | - | Signal setting for the FLEXray bus. |
Selects the source for the FlexRay bus. The command is listed as an option-enabled application module command.
Sets or queries the SENT channel width for bus B<x>.
Sets the number of nibbles in a SENT packet. This command is part of the SENT bus triggering configuration for option 3-SRAUTOSEN.
Sets or queries the number of channels in the SENT bus configuration for bus B<x>.
Enables or disables pause pulse handling for SENT bus triggering and analysis on the selected bus B<x>.
Sets the SENT signal polarity for bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | - | Signal polarity selection. |
Enables triggering on packet-level information on SENT buses as part of the Automotive Serial Triggering and Analysis Module.
Selects the SENT source used by bus B<x>.
Sets the SENT tick time for bus B<x>.
Sets the tick tolerance for SENT triggering and analysis. This command is part of the 3-SRAUTOSEN automotive serial trigger module for SENT buses.
Sets the RS-232C bit rate for bus B<x>. The command is listed as part of the option-enabled Computer Serial Triggering and Analysis Module.
Sets the number of data bits used for RS-232C bus decoding on bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bits | integer | 5 - 8 | Number of data bits. |
Sets the delimiter used for RS-232C bus packet decoding and display. The command is listed as part of the 3-SRCOMP option-enabled computer serial triggering and analysis module.
Sets the display mode for RS-232C bus decode information. This command is part of the 3-SRCOMP option-enabled serial triggering and analysis module.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| displaymode | enum | - | Display mode for RS-232C bus decode information. |
Sets the RS-232C parity mode for bus B<x>. This command is part of the option-enabled Computer Serial Triggering and Analysis Module.
Sets the RS-232C bus polarity for bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | - | RS-232C polarity setting. |
Enables RS-232C receive source selection for bus B<x> in the Computer Serial Triggering and Analysis Module.
Selects the source for RS-232C transmit data on the specified bus. This is an option-enabled command for the Computer Serial Triggering and Analysis Module.
Controls whether I2C address range values are included in the bus decode/search context for bus B<x>. The command is listed under the Embedded Serial Triggering and Analysis Module application option.
Sets the source for the I2C clock/SCL signal on bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - | Source for the I2C clock/SCL signal. |
Sets the I2C data input source for bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - |
Sets the SPI bit order for the selected bus. The page slice lists the command name but does not provide syntax details, parameter values, or a return value.
Sets the SPI data size for bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| size | integer | 0 - 32 | Number of bits in the SPI data word. |
Sets the polarity for the selected SPI input data line. This command applies to the SPI data input/miso node of bus B<x>.
Sets the SPI data source for the input/MISO data line on bus B<x>. This command is part of the embedded serial triggering and analysis option.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - | SPI data source for the input/MISO line. |
Sets the polarity for the SPI data output/MOSI signal on bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | - | Polarity setting for the SPI data output/MOSI signal. |
Sets the source used for SPI data output/MOSI on the specified bus. This command is one of the option-enabled BUS:B<x>:SPI commands for embedded serial triggering and analysis.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - |
Sets the SPI framing format for bus B<x>. The slice lists the command in the option-enabled command index but does not provide syntax details or a functional description.
Sets the SPI idle time for bus B<x>.
Sets the SPI clock polarity for bus B<x>. This command is part of the embedded serial triggering and analysis option for SPI bus definitions.
Sets the source for the SPI clock or select signal on bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - | Source for the SPI clock or select signal. |
Sets the polarity for the SPI select/SS line on bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | - | Select/SS polarity. |
Selects the SPI source for bus B<x>, with the optional :SELect/:SS node variant shown in the syntax listing.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | - | - |
Sets the label for bus B<x>.
Sets or queries the parallel clock edge selection for bus B<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| edge | enum | - | Clock edge selection for the parallel bus. |
Sets the bus B<x> position. The index lists this command under the BUS command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Bus number placeholder. |
Returns the current bus index. The bus index identifies the selected bus subsystem.
Returns the factory calibration status for the Arbitrary Function Generator portion of the instrument, if present. It is synonymous with CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:AFG?.
CALIBRATE:FACTORY:STATUS:AFG? might return RUNNING, indicating that the factory calibration for the AFG portion of the instrument is in progress.
Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory.
CAL:FAC:STAT? might return CALIBRATE:FACTORY:STATUS PASS indicating that factory calibration passed.
Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory for the RF portion of the oscilloscope. This query is synonymous with CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:RF?.
CAL:FAC:STAT:RF? might return RUNNING, indicating that the factory calibration for the RF portion of the instrument is in progress.
Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory for the non-RF portion of the oscilloscope. It is synonymous with :CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:SCOPE?.
CAL:FAC:STAT:SCOPE?
Starts a signal path compensation/self-calibration cycle. The manual warns to disconnect or remove all input signals before starting, and says the process can take several minutes.
CALIBRATE:INTERNAL starts a serial path compensation cycle.
Starts the internal signal path calibration (SPC) of the oscilloscope. It is the same as :CALibrate:INTERNal and should be used only after disconnecting all probes and cables from the channels.
CALIBRATE:INTERNAL:START initiates the internal signal path calibration of the oscilloscope.
Returns the status of the last self-calibration run for the RF portion of the instrument, excluding the analog channels. It is synonymous with :CALibrate:RESults:SPC:RF?.
Returns the current status of the oscilloscope internal signal path calibration for the last SPC operation.
CAL:INTERN:STAT? might return :CALIBRATE:INTERNAL:STATus INIT
Returns the status of the last SPC run for the oscilloscope portion of the instrument, excluding the RF portion. It is synonymous with CALibrate:RESults:SPC:SCOPE?.
CAL:INTERN:STAT:SCOPE? might return INIT indicating that the oscilloscope portion of the instrument has not been calibrated.
Returns the status of internal and factory calibrations without performing any calibration operations. The returned results do not include the calibration status of attached probes.
Returns the factory calibration status for the Arbitrary Function Generator portion of the instrument, if present. It is synonymous with CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:AFG?.
CALIBRATE:RESULTS:FACTORY:AFG? might return RUNNING, indicating that the factory calibration for the AFG portion of the instrument is in progress.
Returns the status of internal and factory calibration, without performing any calibration operations.
Returns the factory calibration status for the RF portion of the instrument. This query is synonymous with CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:RF?.
CALIBRATE:RESULTS:FACTORY:RF? might return RUNNING, indicating that the factory calibration for the RF portion of the instrument is in progress.
Returns the factory calibration status for the oscilloscope portion of the instrument, excluding RF or AFG. It is synonymous with :CALibrateFACtory:STATus:SCOPE?.
CAL:RESULTS:SPC:SCOPE? might return INIT indicating that the oscilloscope portion of the instrument has not been calibrated.
Returns the status of the last SPC run for the RF portion of the instrument, excluding analog channels. It is synonymous with CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:RF?.
CAL:RESULS:SPC:RF? might return INIT indicating that the RF portion of the instrument has not been internally calibrated.
Returns the status of the last SPC run. The result indicates whether SPC has never completed successfully, passed, failed, or is currently running.
CALIBRATE:RESULTS:SPC? might return FAIL, indicating that the last SPC operation failed.
Queries the status of the last SPC run for the oscilloscope portion of the instrument, excluding the RF portion. It is synonymous with CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:SCOPE?.
CAL:RESULTS:SPC:SCOPE? might return INIT indicating that the oscilloscope portion of the instrument has not been calibrated.
Begins the RF calibration process. The command is identical to CALibrate:RF:STARt and requires option 3-SA3.
Starts RF self-calibration. It is identical to CALIBRATE:RF and can take several minutes; disconnect or remove all input signals before starting.
Returns the status of the last RF calibration. This command requires option 3-SA3.
CAL:RF:STAT? might return PASS.
Performs factory calibration. This command can generate OPC when used with STARt, CONTinue, or PREVious.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | STARt | CONTinue | PREVious | Calibration action to perform. |
Continues the factory calibration operation. This command supports the Operation Complete function.
Starts the factory calibration previous step. The command is listed as one of the oscilloscope operations that can generate OPC.
Starts the factory calibration operation. This command is listed as supporting the Operation Complete (OPC) function.
Specifies the state of the amps via volts feature for the specified channel. This feature supports measuring current via the voltage drop across a resistor (channels 1–4).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | Sets the amps via volts function for channel <x> to off or on. |
CH1:AMPSVIOLTS:ENABLE ON turns on the amps via volts feature for channel 1.
Specifies the amps via volts factor for the specified channel (1–4).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| factor | real | - | Double-precision ASCII value representing the amps via volts factor. |
CH1:AMPSVIAVOLTS:FACTOR 15.5 sets the amps via volts factor for channel 1 to 15.5.
Specifies the selectable low-pass bandwidth limit filter for channel <x> (channels 1-4). The available bandwidth limits depend on model, attached probes, and any bandwidth-increase options.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bandwidth | real | Hz | Sets the channel bandwidth limit; FULl disables any optional bandwidth limiting, and a numeric value is rounded to an available bandwidth. |
CH1:BANDWIDTH 20E6 sets the bandwidth of channel 1 to 20 MHz.
Specifies the input attenuator coupling setting for channel <x> (1–4).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | AC | DC | DCREJect | Coupling mode for the selected channel. |
Specifies the deskew time for channel <x> (1–4). It adds an independent channel-based delay from the common trigger point to the first sample taken for that channel, to compensate for different input hookup delays.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR3> | real | -100 ns - +100 ns | Floating point deskew time for channel <x>. |
CH4:DESKew 5.0E-9 CH2:DESKew?
Sets or queries the invert function for channel <x>. OFF turns inversion off; ON turns inversion on.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Turns channel inversion on or off. |
CH4:INVert ON CH2:INVert?
Specifies the waveform label for channel <x>, where x is the channel number (1–4).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| Qstring | string | - | Alphanumeric text label for the channel <x> waveform, enclosed in quotes, limited to 30 characters. |
Sets the vertical offset for channel x. The offset value is specified as a floating point number.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | real | - | Offset value for the specified channel. |
CH3:OFFSet 2.0E-3 CH4:OFFSet? might return :CH4:OFFSET 1.0000E-03
Sets the vertical position of channel <x> relative to the center graticule. A query form returns the current position in divisions.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | -8 - 8 | Position value for channel <x>, in divisions from the center graticule. |
CH2:POSition 1.3 CH1:POSition?
Executes the attached probe’s Auto Zero function for probes that support this feature.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| execute | enum | EXECute | Triggers the probe Auto Zero function. |
Returns the gain factor of the probe attached to channel <x>.
Calibrates the probe for the selected channel. This command is listed in the calibration/probe command group index; no syntax or parameter details are shown in the provided slice.
Returns whether the attached probe is calibratable. This query is part of the channel probe calibration command group.
Returns the probe calibration state for the selected channel probe.
Sets the probe command for channel x.
Starts probe degaussing for the selected channel. The command is part of the channel probe sub-tree.
Turns the probe degauss state on or off for the selected channel probe.
Forces the probe range for the selected channel. This command appears in the channel probe command group index entry.
Sets the probe gain for channel x. The command belongs to the channel probe command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 4 | Channel number to which the probe setting applies. |
| gain | real | - | Probe gain value. |
Returns the probe serial number for the selected channel probe ID.
Returns the probe ID for the specified channel.
Sets the probe model for channel x.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| model | string | - | Probe model identifier. |
Sets the probe propagation delay for the selected channel. The command is listed under the CH<x>:PRObe command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Channel number identifier. |
| delay | real | - | Probe propagation delay. |
Returns the receive deskew setting for the specified channel probe.
Returns the probe resistance for channel <x>.
Sets the probe signal type for the selected channel.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Channel number placeholder for CH<x>. |
| signal | enum | - | Probe signal type. |
Returns the probe units for the selected channel.
Sets the vertical scale for the specified channel.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| scale | real | MINimum - MAXimum | Vertical scale for the channel. |
Sets the input termination for the specified channel.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Channel number. |
| termination | enum | 50 | 1M | Input termination setting. |
Sets the channel Y-axis units. The command is part of the channel command group.
Returns the channel-specific status. The channel is selected by <x>.
Returns the math waveform vertical measurement unit value.
Returns all measurement parameters.
MEASUREMENT? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE PERIOD;UNITS "s";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STATE 1;TYPE FREQUENCY;UNITS "Hz";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT 0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN 0.0000;MINIMUM 0.0 000;STDDEV 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:STATE 1;TYPE PERIOD;UNITS "s";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT 0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN 0.0000;MINIMUM 0.0000;STDDEV 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:STATE 1;TYPE PK2PK;UNITS "V";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT 0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN 0.0000;MINIMUM 0.0000;STDDEV 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:STATE 0;TYPE PERIOD;UNITS "s";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT 0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN 0.0000;MINIMUM 0.0000;STDDEV 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:METHOD AUTO;REFLEVEL:METHOD PERCENT;ABSOLUTE:HIGH 0.0000;LOW 0.0000;MID1 0.0000;MID2 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 90.0000;LOW 10.0000;MID1 50.0000;MID2 50.0000;:MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE OFF;NUMHORZ 0;NUMVERT 0;HORZ1 99.0000E +36;HORZ2 99.0000E+36;HORZ3 99.0000E+36;HORZ4 99.0000E+36;VERT1 99.0000E+36;VERT2 99.0000E+36;VERT3 99.0000E+36;VERT4 99.0000E+36;:MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:MODE OFF;WEIGHTING 32;:MEASUREMENT:GATING SCREEN.
Sets or indicates the autoscale state for math waveforms. The default value shown is 1.
Defines the math waveform expression.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| expression | string | - | Math expression to use. |
Sets the horizontal position for the math waveform. Default value is 50.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | - | Horizontal position of the math waveform. |
Sets the horizontal scale for the math waveform display. The default value is 4.0000E-6 s.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| scale | real | s | Horizontal time scale for the math waveform. |
Sets the horizontal units for the math waveform. The default value is "s".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| units | enum | s | Horizontal units for the math waveform. |
Sets the label for the math waveform.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| label | string | - | Label text for the math waveform. |
Sets the magnitude display mode for the math spectral function. The default value is DB.
Sets the spectral window used for math spectral calculations.
Sets the math waveform type. The default value shown in the factory defaults table is DUAL.
Sets the vertical position for the math waveform. The default value is 0.0E+0.
Sets the vertical scale used for math waveforms. The default value is 100.0000E-3 V.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| scale | real | V | Vertical scale for the math waveform. |
Sets the vertical units used for the math waveform display. The factory default is "V".
Defines the selected math waveform. The command belongs to the Math Command Group.
Sets or queries the horizontal position of a math waveform. The command applies to math waveform 1 when the optional index is used.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | -5 - 5 | Horizontal position of the math waveform. |
Sets the horizontal scale for the selected math waveform. The command applies to the specified math channel.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| scale | real | MINimum - MAXimum | Horizontal scale for the math waveform. |
Sets the units used for the selected math waveform. The command applies to Math 1 when the optional index is omitted.
Sets the label for the selected math waveform.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| label | string | - | Label text for the math waveform. |
Sets or queries the magnitude display setting for the selected math waveform. The command belongs to the math command group for MATH[1].
Sets the spectral window used for the selected math waveform. The command belongs to math channel 1 and is part of the spectral math command set.
Sets the math waveform type for the selected math channel. This command is part of the Math Command Group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | - | Math waveform type. |
Sets the vertical position of a math waveform. The command is part of the Math Command Group for Math 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | - | Vertical position of the math waveform. |
Sets the vertical scale of the specified math waveform. The command belongs to the MATH command group and applies to MATH1 when the optional index is omitted.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| scale | real | - | Vertical scale for the math waveform. |
Sets the units displayed for MATH1 vertical scale and position. The command belongs to the Math command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| units | enum | DIV | WATT | Selects the vertical units used for the math waveform. |
Returns the current math waveform settings for Math 1. The command is listed under the Math Command Group.
Queries the enabled/disabled state of the specified measurement slot. A value of 0 means the measurement is disabled; any other value means it is enabled.
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STATE? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STATE 0
Specifies the measurement type for the selected measurement slot. The slot number <x> ranges from 1 through 4.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | AMPlitude | AREa | BURst | CARea | CMEan | CRMs | DELay | FALL | FREQuency | HIGH | HITS | LOW | MAXimum | MEAN | MEDian | MINImum | NDUty | NEDGECount | NOVershoot | NPULSECount | NWIdth | PEAKHits | PDUty | PEDGECount | PERIod | PHAse | PK2Pk | POVershoot | PPULSECount | PWIdth | RISe | RMS | SIGMA1 | SIGMA2 | SIGMA3 | STDdev | TOVershoot | WAVEFORMS | Measurement type to define for the selected slot. |
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:TYPE FREQUENCY MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:TYPE?
Specifies the method used to calculate the 0% and 100% reference level.
MEASUREMENT:METHOD? might return :MEASUREMENT:METHOD MINMAX indicating that the reference levels are set to MIN and MAX.
Queries the high absolute reference level. The command is used with MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod set to Absolute and affects rise/fall measurement results.
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH? might return :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH 1.7100E+00 indicating that the absolute high reference level is set to 1.71 V.
Returns the absolute low reference level, in volts. The default is 0.0 V.
Specifies an absolute mid reference level for the "to" waveform when taking a delay measurement, in volts. MID<x> can be MID1 or MID2 and applies when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Absolute.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR3> | real | V | Floating point number specifying the mid reference level. |
Specifies or returns the reference level units used for measurement calculations. The setting applies to the associated reference level parameter for all MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHODABSOLUTE MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHOD? might return :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHOD PERCENT indicating that the reference level units used are calculated as a percent relative to HIGH and LOW.
Specifies the percent used to calculate the high reference level when :MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Percent. It affects rise/fall measurements and the associated reference level parameter for immediate and periodic measurements.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| percent | real | 0 - 100 | High reference level as a percentage of HIGH. |
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH95 MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH?
Specifies the percent used to calculate the low reference level when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Percent. It affects the results of rise and fall measurements.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | 0 - 100 | Floating point percent value for the low reference level. |
Specifies the percent of HIGH used to calculate a mid reference level. MID<x> can be MID1 or MID2, and the command applies when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Percent.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | enum | 1 | 2 | Selects which mid reference level to set: MID1 or MID2. |
| value | real | 0 - 100 | Mid reference level as a percentage of HIGH. |
Controls the operation and display of management statistics.
Clears all of the statistics accumulated for all periodic measurements (MEAS1 through MEAS4). The query form returns statistic settings.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| RESET | enum | RESET | Clears the measurements. |
Specifies the time constant for mean and standard deviation statistical accumulations.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| samples | integer | - | The number of samples used for the mean and standard deviation statistical accumulations. |
MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:WEIGHTING 4 MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:WEIGHTING?
Returns the measured value for measurement 1. The example shows it being used after setting up an amplitude measurement on CH1.
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:VALUE?
Returns the current measured value for the previously configured immediate measurement. The example shows it used after setting MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE and MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1.
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE?
Sets the measurement gating mode. The default value is SCREEN.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | SCREEN | Measurement gating mode. |
Sets the delay direction for an immediate measurement delay function. The default value is FORWARDS.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | FORWARDS | Delay direction setting. |
Sets the edge selection for the first delay edge in immediate measurement delay settings. The factory default is RISE.
Sets the source for the immediate measurement. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source1 | enum | CH1 | Measurement source 1. |
Sets the default measurement type for immediate measurements. The factory default is PERIOD.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | PERIOD | Measurement type. |
Sets the measurement indicators state. The factory default is OFF.
Sets the delay direction for the MEAS1 measurement. The factory default is FORWARDS.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | FORWARDS | Delay direction. |
Sets the default edge for MEAS1 delay measurements. The factory default is RISE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| edge | enum | RISE | Edge selection for MEAS1 delay measurements. |
Sets the default source for measurement 1 to CH1.
Enables or disables measurement 1. The factory default value is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | Measurement 1 state. |
Sets the measurement type for MEAS1. The factory default is PERIOD.
Sets the measurement method. The factory default value is AUTO.
Sets the factory default value for the absolute high measurement reference level. The default value is 0.0E+0.
Factory default for the absolute low measurement reference level. The listed default value is 0.0E+0.
Sets the factory default value for the absolute midpoint measurement reference level. The default value is 0.0E+0.
Sets the reference level method for measurements. The factory default shown in the appendix is PERCENT.
Sets the percent high reference level used for measurements. The factory default is 90.0000.
Sets the low percent reference level used for measurement reflevel calculations. The factory default is 10.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| low | real | - | Low reference level percent. |
Sets the percent reference level for the MID1 measurement reference point. The factory default value is 50.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| percent | real | % | Percent reference level for MID1. |
Sets the measurement statistics mode. The factory default value is ALL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | ALL | Statistic mode selection. |
Sets the statistics weighting for measurement statistics. The factory default is 32.
Clears the current snapshot measurement results.
Sets the measurement gating mode for measurements. The command is listed in the Measurement Command Group.
Sets the measurement delay direction used by an immediate measurement. The command is part of the Measurement Immediate Delay group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | - | Measurement delay direction. |
Selects which edge is used for the immediate measurement delay. The command is part of the immediate measurement delay setup.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 8 | Measurement index. |
Returns the immediate measurement delay setting. It is listed as a query in the Measurement command group.
Sets or queries the source used for the immediate measurement specified by <x>.
Returns the measurement units for the immediate measurement. It is a query command.
Returns the currently displayed immediate measurement type. It is the query form of the Measurement command group immediate measurement command.
Returns the horizontal indicator value for the specified measurement indicator index.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 | Indicator index. |
Returns the number of horizontal indicators. This is a query in the Measurement command group.
Returns the number of vertical indicators.
Sets the state of measurement indicators.
Returns the vertical measurement indicator for the specified indicator number. The indicator number is the <x> suffix in the command mnemonic.
Returns the current measurement indicators state. The command is listed in the Measurement command index alongside related indicator queries and indicator configuration commands.
Returns the number of acquired waveform values used in the measurement for source <x>.
Sets the measurement delay direction for a measurement source. This command is part of the measurement command group and corresponds to the delay direction settings for MEAS<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| direction | enum | - | Direction setting for the measurement delay. |
Sets the edge used for a measurement delay. The command is part of the measurement delay setup for a specific measurement item.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 8 | Measurement index. |
| edge | enum | RISe | FALL | Selects which edge to use for the delay measurement. |
Returns the delay measurement value for the selected measurement slot. The measurement slot is specified by <x>.
Returns the maximum value of the specified measurement. Use MEASUrement:MEAS<x>?: to select the measurement slot, then query this command for its maximum result.
Returns the mean value for measurement <x>.
Returns the minimum measurement value for measurement x.
Sets the source for a measurement slot. The source is specified with an indexed measurement number and an indexed source number.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 8 | Measurement index. |
| source | enum | CH<x> | MATH<x> | REF<x> | Measurement source. |
Sets the state of a specific measurement slot. The x placeholder identifies the measurement number.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 4 | Measurement slot number. |
| state | enum | OFF | ON | Enables or disables the selected measurement. |
Returns the standard deviation for the selected measurement. The command is part of the measurement command group and applies to measurement slot <x>.
Sets the measurement type for the selected measurement slot. The command is part of the measurement command group and applies to MEAS<x> entries.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | - | Measurement type to use for the specified measurement slot. |
Returns the units for the selected measurement. The measurement is specified by <x>.
Returns the value of a specified measurement. The measurement is identified by the <x> suffix in the command mnemonic.
Queries the selected measurement value for measurement slot <x>.
Selects the measurement method used for measurements. The command is listed in the Measurement Command Group and cross-references the related reference-level method command.
Sets the absolute high reference level used for measurement scaling. This command is part of the Measurement Reference Level subsystem.
Sets the low absolute reference level used for measurements. This command is part of the Measurement RefLevel absolute settings group.
Sets the absolute midpoint reference level for the specified measurement. The command is part of the Measurement Reference Level group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 8 | Measurement number to which the reference level applies. |
Sets the method used for reference level measurements.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| method | enum | - | Reference level measurement method. |
Sets the HIGH reference level as a percentage of the waveform. This command belongs to the measurement reference level percent configuration.
Sets the lower reference level for the measurement method specified by :MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod. The level is expressed as a percentage of the signal.
Sets the mid reference level as a percentage value. The command is part of the measurement reference level settings for percent-based levels.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | real | 0 - 100 | Mid reference level percentage. |
Returns the reference level settings used for measurements.
Sets the measurement statistics settings. The command controls statistics mode and weighting.
Selects the statistics mode used by measurement commands.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | - | Statistics mode. |
Sets the statistics weighting used for measurement statistics.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| weighting | enum | ALLAcquisitions | Current | Recent | Selects the acquisition set used for statistics calculations. |
Returns the current measurement subsystem settings/status. This is the top-level query for the Measurement command group.
Sets or queries message box (screen annotation) parameters.
Sets the message box size using screen pixel coordinates. The query returns all four coordinates of the message box.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| X1 | integer | 0 - 1023 | Left edge of the message box. |
| Y1 | integer | 0 - 767 | Top edge of the message box. |
| X2opt | integer | 0 - 1023 | Right edge of the message box. |
| Y2opt | integer | 0 - 767 | Bottom edge of the message box. |
MESSage:BOX?
Specifies the coordinates of the message box. The box is not displayed unless `MESSage:MESSAGE1<x>:STATE` is on; the query returns all four coordinates.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| X1 | integer | 0 - 1919 | Left screen coordinate of the message box. |
| Y1 | integer | 1 - 1077 | Top screen coordinate of the message box. |
| X2opt | integer | 0 - 1919 | Right screen coordinate of the message box. |
| Y2opt | integer | 1 - 1077 | Bottom screen coordinate of the message box. |
MESSage:MESSAGE1:BOX 0,0,52,24
Specifies or returns the contents of message box 1. The setter accepts a quoted string and the query returns the entire message string regardless of what is displayed in the box.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Message text to display in the message box. |
MESSage:MESSAGE1<x>:SHOW <Qstring> MESSage:MESSAGE1<x>:SHOW?
Controls the display of the message box.
Returns the current message string displayed in the message box. The entire message can be returned as a query response regardless of what is displayed in the box.
MESSage:SHOW “Hello World” MESSage:SHOW “@Hello World@ .. hello”
Returns the current message window state. OFF or 0 removes the message window from the screen; ON or nonzero displays the message window and its contents.
:MESSage:STATE?
Sets the message box position and size. The factory default is 727,153,727,177.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| box | string | - | Message box coordinates and dimensions. |
Sets the stored box coordinates for message 10. The factory default is 727,153,727,177.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| box | string | - | Box coordinates for the message display. |
MESSAGE:MESSAGE10:BOX 727,153,727,177
Sets the text shown for message 10. The factory default is an empty string.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| text | string | - | Message text to display. |
Sets the on/off state for message 10. The factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | 0 - 1 | Enables or disables message 10. |
Sets the message display shown on the instrument. Factory default is an empty string.
Sets or queries the state value for the message display item. The factory default is 0.
Sets or queries the message string used by the instrument's on-screen message function. The index lists related message commands for box, show, state, clear, and per-message controls.
Displays a message box on the instrument. The index lists it under the Message command group.
Clears the currently displayed message. This command is part of the Message command group.
Defines the box style or size for one message line in a multilevel message display. The command belongs to the message display subsystem and is associated with indexed MESSAGE1<x> items.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 4 | Message line index. |
Clears a specific message identified by the <x> index. This command is part of the message command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 | Message number to clear. |
Shows a specified message box. This is the x-specific form of the message command group.
Sets the state of a specific message box entry. This command belongs to the message command group.
Displays a message box on the screen. The command is part of the Message command group.
Controls the state of a message display or message box. The related message commands in this group are listed in the index entry.
This command specifies the current source for the power application.
Controls whether the power test results are displayed. It is equivalent to pressing Test and selecting the power application.
POWER:DISPLAY? might return :POWER:DISPLAY 0 indicating that the display is off.
Returns the current power gate source. The gate source can be an analog channel, a reference waveform, or none.
POWER:GATESOURCE? might return POWER:GATESOURCE CH2 indicating that CH2 is the gated source.
Specifies the power application gating. This command requires option 3-PWR.
POWER:GATING CURSOr sets cursor gating on the oscilloscope. POWER:GATING? might return POWER:GATING OFF indicating that gating is turned off on the oscilloscope.
Selects which harmonics are displayed for harmonics tests. It can display odd harmonics, even harmonics, or both.
POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:SELECT EVEN POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:SELECT? might return :POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:SELECT ALL
Specifies the display type for harmonics tests. This command requires option 3-PWR.
POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:TYPE GRAph POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:TYPE? might return :POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:TYPE TAB indicating that the display type is set to tabular.
Specifies the fixed frequency value used when :POWer:HARMonics:FREQRef is set to FIXEDFREQuency. The query form returns the current fixed frequency value.
Specifies the frequency reference used when the harmonic standard is None. The available references are voltage, current, harmonic source, or a fixed frequency value.
POWER:HARMONICS:FREQREF VOLTage POWER:HARMONICS:FREQREF?
Specifies the equipment class for IEC harmonics.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| class | enum | A | B | C1 | C2 | C3 | D | Equipment class used for IEC harmonics. |
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:CLAss {A|B|C1|C2|C3|D}
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:CLAss?Returns the enabled state for filtering of IEC harmonics.
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:FILTER? might return :POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:FILTER 1 indicating that the IEC harmonics are filtered.
Specifies the rated fundamental current for IEC harmonics. Valid values range from 0 to 16 in increments of 0.1 A.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR3> | real | 0 - 16 | Floating point number that specifies the fundamental current in amperes. |
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:FUNDAMENTAL 1 sets the fundamental current to 1.0000 A. POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:FUNDAMENTAL? might return :POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:FUNDAMENTAL 16 indicating that the fundamental current for IEC harmonics is set to 16.0000 A.
Returns the current IEC harmonics grouping state.
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:GROUPING OFF disables grouping of IEC harmonics. POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:GROUPING? might return :POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:GROUPING 1 indicating that the grouping is enabled for IEC harmonics.
Specifies the class D rated input power for IEC harmonics. This command requires option 3-PWR.
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:INPUTPOWER 600 sets the class D input power to 600 W. POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:INPUTPOWER? might return :POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:INPUTPOWER 100 indicating that the class D input power is set to 100 W.
Specifies the IEC line frequency. This command requires option 3-PWR.
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:LINEFREQUENCY 50 POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:LINEFREQUENCY?
This command specifies the IEC observation period.
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:OBSPERIOD 3 POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:OBSPERIOD?
Sets or queries the IEC power factor used in power harmonics measurements. The power factor is a floating-point value from 0 to 1 in 0.1 increments.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| power factor | real | 0 - 1 | Power factor value to set. |
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:POWERFACTOR 1 POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:POWERFACTOR?
Specifies the measurement method for the MIL harmonics fundamental current used when calculating limits.
POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:FUNDAMENTAL:CALCMETHOD USER POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:FUNDAMENTAL:CALCMETHOD?
Specifies the RMS amperes for USER CALCmethod. Requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| current | real | A | Floating point current in amperes for USER CALCmethod. |
POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:FUNDAMENTAL:USER:CURRENT 2 POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:FUNDAMENTAL:USER:CURRENT?
Specifies the line frequency for MIL-STD-1399 Section 300A harmonics tests. Valid values are 60 or 400 Hz.
POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:LINEFREQUENCY 60 sets the MIL line frequency to 60 Hz.
Specifies the power level used to calculate limits for MIL-STD-1399 Section 300A harmonics tests.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | enum | LOW | HIGH | Selects the MIL-STD-1399 harmonics test power level. |
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:POWERLEVel HIGH POWer:HARMonics:MIL:POWERLEVel?
Returns the number of harmonics when the harmonics standard is NONE. The documented value range is 20 to 400.
Returns the IEC POHC measurement.
Returns the IEC POHL measurement.
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POHL?
Returns the IEC input power that is used to calculate limits.
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POWER? might return :POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POWER 5 indicating that the IEC power is set to 5 W.
Returns the IEC power factor measurement.
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POWERFACTOR? might return :POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POWERFACTOR 9.1900E+37 indicating that the IEC power factor is set to 9.1900E+37.
Returns the overall harmonics test result: PASS, FAIL or NA.
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:PASSFAIL? might return :POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:PASSFAIL PASS indicating that the harmonics test passed.
Returns the root mean square value of the harmonics source waveform.
Saves the harmonic results to the specified file in CSV format.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| filename | string | - | Specifies the file to save the harmonic results to. |
Returns the Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) in percentage, measured as a ratio to the RMS value of the fundamental component of the source waveform.
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:THDF? might return :POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:THDF 40 indicating that the THDF is set to 40.
Queries the THDR setting for power harmonics results. The example shows it returning the current THDR value.
Specifies the source waveform for harmonics tests. The voltage source waveform is set with :POWer:VOLTagesOurce and the current waveform with :POWer:CURRENTSOurce.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | VOLTage | CURRent | Specifies the source waveform for harmonic tests. |
POWER:HARMONICS:SOURCE VOLTage sets voltage source for harmonic tests. POWER:HARMONICS:SOURCE? might return :POWer:HARMonics:SOURCE CURRENT indicating that the harmonic source is set to current.
Specifies the source waveform used for harmonics tests. Voltage and current source waveforms are controlled separately by :POWer:VOLTagesOurce and :POWer:CURRENTSOurce.
POWER:HARMONICS:SOURCE? might return :POWer:HarMonics:SOURCE CURRENT indicating that the harmonic source is set to current.
Specifies the standard used for harmonics tests.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| standard | enum | NONe | IEC | MIL | Harmonics test standard to use. |
Specifies the standard used for harmonics tests.
Specifies the state of the measurement indicators for the power application. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Turns the measurement indicators off or on. |
POWer:INDICators 1 POWER:INDICATORS? might return :POWER:INDICators 0 indicating that the indicator is off.
Specifies the state of the measurement indicators for the power application. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Turns the measurement indicators off or on. |
POWER:INDICATORS 1 POWER:INDICATORS?
Specifies the source waveform for modulation tests. The voltage source waveform is specified using POWer:VOLTAGESOurce and the current waveform is specified using POWer:CURRENTSOurce.
Sets or queries the modulation source used for modulation tests. Voltage and current waveform sources are supported.
POWER:MODULATION:SOURCE CURRent POWER:MODULATION:SOURCE?
Specifies the modulation type. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | PWIdth | NWIdth | PERIod | PDUty | NDUty | FREQuency | Modulation type to use. |
Specifies the modulation type. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | PWIdth | NWIdth | PERIod | PDUty | NDUty | FREQuency | Modulation type to select. |
Returns the apparent power measurement.
POWER:QUALITY:APPPWR? might return :POWER:QUALity:APPpwr 100
Specifies the display state for the apparent power readout.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Display state for the apparent power readout. |
Specifies the display state for the frequency readout. It supports both a setter and a query form.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Turns the frequency display off or on. |
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:FREQUENCY 1 POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:FREQUENCY?
This command specifies the display state for the current crest factor readout.
Specifies the display state for the rms current readout. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Turns the rms current display off or on. |
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:IRMS 1 POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:IRMS?
Specifies the display state for the phase angle readout.
This command specifies the display state for the power factor readout.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Turns the power factor display off or on. |
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:POWERFACTOR 1 turns on the power factor display. POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:POWERFACTOR? might return :POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:POWERFACTOR 0 indicating that the power factor display is off.
This command specifies the display state for the reactor power display.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Turns the reactor power display off or on. |
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:REACTPWR 1 POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:REACTPWR?
This command specifies the display state for the true power readout. It requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Turns the true power display off or on. |
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:TRUEPWR 1 POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:TRUEPWR?
Sets or queries the display state for the voltage crest factor display. OFF or 0 turns the display off; ON or 1 turns it on.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Display state for the voltage crest factor display. |
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VCRESTFACTOR 1 POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VCRESTFACTOR? might return :POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VCRESTFACTOR 0
This command specifies the display state for the rms voltage readout.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Turns the rms voltage display off or on. |
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VRMS0 turns off the rms voltage display. POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VRMS? might return :POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VRMS 1 indicating that the rms voltage display is on.
Sets or queries the power quality frequency reference source. Voltage selects voltage as the source; current selects current as the source.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | VOLTage | CURRent | Selects the power quality frequency reference source. |
POWER:QUALITY:FREQREFERENCE CURRent POWER:QUALITY:FREQREFERENCE?
Returns the frequency measurement.
POWER:QUALITY:FREQUENCY? might return :POWER:QUALITY:FREQUENCY 60 indicating that the frequency is set to 60 Hz.
Returns the current crest factor value.
POWER:QUALITY:ICRESTFACTOR? might return :POWER:QUALITY:ICRESTfactor 1.4 indicating that the current crest factor value is set to 1.4.
Returns the RMS current measurement.
Returns the phase angle measurement.
Returns the present power factor setting. The example shows a returned value of 1.0.
Returns the reactive power measurement. This command requires option 3-PWR.
Returns the true power measurement. This command requires option 3-PWR.
POWER:QUALITY:TRUEPWR? might return :POWER:QUALITY:TRUEpwr 1000 W indicating that the true power value is set to 1000 W.
Returns the RMS voltage measurement.
POWer:QUALity:VRMS? might return :POWER:QUALITY:VRMS 115 indicating that the rms voltage value is set to 115 V.
Sets the reference levels used for power measurements to their default unit values.
Specifies the top reference level used for power measurements. It requires option 3-PWR and sets the absolute high value in volts.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| high | real | -1e6 - +1E6 | Absolute high value in volts. |
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH 2 POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH?
Specifies the low reference level to be used for power measurements. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| low | real | -1e6 - +1E6 | Absolute low value in volts. |
Specifies the absolute mid reference level used for power measurements. MID1 is used on the user’s voltage waveform, MID2 on the current waveform, and MID3 on the gate waveform.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR3> | real | -1e6 - +1E6 | Floating point number that specifies the absolute mid reference value. |
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID1 1 sets the mid reference voltage to 1V. POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID1? might return POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID1 0.0E+0 indicating that the absolute reference voltage level is set to 0.0E+0 V.
Specifies the reference level hysteresis value to be used for power measurements.
Specifies the method used to calculate the 0% and 100% reference levels for power measurements. The reference levels may be defined either explicitly or as a percentage of the signal amplitude.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | ABSolute | PERCent | Selects whether reference levels are set explicitly or calculated as a percent of signal amplitude. |
POWER:REFLEVEL:METHOD ABSOLUTE POWER:REFLEVEL:METHOD?
Sets the reference levels to be used for power measurements to the default percentage values.
Specifies the top reference percent level used for power measurements. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| high | real | 0.0 - 100.0 | High value in percent. |
POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 95 POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH?
Sets the low reference percentage level used for power measurements. The value is a floating-point percentage from 0.0 to 100.0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| low value | real | 0.0 - 100.0 | Low reference level in percent. |
POWer:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW 15 POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW?
Specifies one of the three mid reference percentage levels used for power measurements. MID1 is used on the user’s voltage waveform, MID2 on the user’s current waveform, and MID3 on the user’s gate waveform.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 0.0 - 100.0 | Mid value in percentage. |
POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID1 25 POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID1?
Returns the peak-to-peak ripple measurement.
:POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:AMPLITUDE? might return :POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:AMPLITUDE 1 indicating that the peak-to-peak amplitude is set to 1 V.
Returns the maximum of the peak-to-peak ripple measurements.
POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:MAX?
Returns the mean of the peak-to-peak ripple measurements.
POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:MEAN? might return :POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:MEAN 1.0 indicating that the mean peak-to-peak amplitude is set to 1.0 V.
Returns the minimum of the peak-to-peak ripple measurement.
POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:MIN? might return :POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:MIN 0.9 indicating that the minimum peak-to-peak amplitude is set to 0.9 V.
Returns the standard deviation of the peak-to-peak ripple measurements.
Specifies the source waveform for ripple tests. The voltage source waveform is set with POWER:VOLTAGESOURCE and the current waveform is set with POWER:CURRENTSOURCE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | VOLTage | CURRent | Selects the ripple test source waveform. |
POWER:RIPPLE:SOURCE CURRent sets the ripple source to Current. POWER:RIPPLE:SOURCE? might return :POWER:RIPPLE:SOURCE VOLT indicating that the ripple source is set to Voltage.
Specifies the user XMAX value for use in linear SOA calculations.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| XMAX | real | - | Floating point number that specifies the XMAX value used for linear SOA calculations. |
Specifies the user XMIN value used for linear SOA calculations. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| XMIN | real | - | Floating point number that specifies the XMIN value used for linear SOA calculations. |
POWer:SOA:LINear:XMIN 2 POWer:SOA:LINear:XMIN ? might return :POWER:SOA:LINear:XMIN 0.0E+0
Specifies the user YMAX value used for linear SOA calculations. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| ymax | real | - | Floating point number that specifies the YMAX value used for linear SOA calculations. |
Specifies the user YMIN value used for linear SOA calculations.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| YMIN | real | - | Floating point value for the YMIN value used in linear SOA calculations. |
POWer:SOA:LINear:YMIN 2 POWer:SOA:LINear:YMIN ?
Specifies the user XMAX value for use in log SOA calculations. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| XMAX | real | - | Floating point value specifying the XMAX value used for log SOA calculations. |
Specifies the user XMIN value used for Log SOA calculations. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| XMIN | real | - | User XMIN value used for log SOA calculations. |
POWER:SOA:LOG:XMIN 2 POWER:SOA:LOG:XMIN ? might return :POWER:SOA:LOG:XMIN 100.0000E-3
This command specifies the user YMAX value for use in Log SOA calculations.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| ymax | real | - | The YMAX value used for log SOA calculations. |
Specifies the user YMIN value for use in Log SOA calculations.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | - | Floating point number that specifies the YMIN value used for log SOA calculations. |
POWER:SOA:LOG:YMIN 1 POWER:SOA:LOG:YMIN ? might return :POWER:SOA:LOG:YMIN 100.0000E-3
Defines the current SOA mask by specifying X (volts) and Y (amps) coordinates. The manual states you can specify 2 to 10 points, with successive X values required to be nondecreasing.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR3> | real | 2 - 10 | Floating point number that represents the SOA mask coordinates. |
Specifies the maximum current applied to SOA mask testing. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| current | real | - | Floating point number that specifies the maximum current applied to SOA mask testing. |
POWER:SOA:MASK:MAXAMPS 40 POWER:SOA:MASK:MAXAMPS ?
This command specifies the maximum voltage applied to SOA mask testing.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| voltage | real | - | Floating point value that specifies the maximum voltage applied to SOA mask testing. |
Specifies the maximum power applied to SOA mask testing. This command requires option 3-PWR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| power | real | W | Maximum power applied to SOA mask testing. |
POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXWATTS 1000 POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXWATTS ?
Returns the number of mask points defined for SOA mask calculations.
POWER:SOA:MASK:NR_PT? might return :POWER:SOA:MASK:NR_PT 4
Specifies the state of the mask for SOA calculations. OFF disables mask testing; LIMITS enables mask testing based on limit settings, and POINTS enables mask testing based on defined mask points.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | LIMITS | POINTS | Mask testing state. |
POWer:SOA:MASK:STATEPOINTS POWER:SOA:MASK:STATE?
Sets the enabled state of the mask stop-on-violation condition for SOA calculations. OFF or 0 enables mask stop on violations; ON or 1 disables it.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Enables or disables the mask stop-on-violation condition. |
POWer:SOA:MASK:STOPOnviol {OFF|ON|0|1}
POWer:SOA:MASK:STOPOnviol?Sets the power ripple setting to an autoset or default value. It is listed as one of the oscilloscope operations that can generate OPC upon completion.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| ripple | enum | VERTAUTOset | VERTDEFault | Power ripple setting to apply. |
Sets the current source used by the power subsystem. The factory default is CH2.
Sets or returns the power display state. The factory default is 0.
Sets the gate source for the power function. The factory default is NONE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | NONE | Gate source selection. |
Sets the gating state for the power measurement function. The factory default is OFF.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | Enables or disables power gating. |
Selects the power harmonics display mode. The factory default is ALL.
Sets the display type used for power harmonics measurements. The factory default is GRAPH.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | GRAPH | Display type for power harmonics results. |
Sets the power harmonics frequency reference. The factory default is HARMSOURCE.
Sets the fixed frequency value used by the harmonics frequency reference. The factory default is 60.0000.
Sets the IEC harmonics class used for power harmonics measurements. The default value is A.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| class | enum | A | IEC harmonics class. |
Sets the IEC harmonics filter setting. The factory default value is 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| filter | integer | 1 - 16.0000 | IEC harmonics filter setting. |
Sets the IEC fundamental value used by the power harmonics measurement functions. The factory default is 60.0000.
Sets the IEC grouping setting for power harmonics measurement. The factory default is 1.
Sets the IEC input power parameter for power harmonics measurements. The factory default is 60.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| inputpower | integer | - | IEC input power setting. |
Sets the IEC line-frequency setting used by the power harmonics measurement functions. The factory default is 60.0000.
Sets or displays the IEC observation period for power harmonics measurements.
Sets the IEC power factor setting under the power harmonics subsystem. The factory default value is not shown in the slice.
Selects the calculation method used for the MIL fundamental power harmonics measurement. The factory default is MEAS.
Sets the user current fundamental value used by the power harmonics MIL calculation. The factory default is 400.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| current | real | 1.0000 - 400 | User current fundamental value for MIL harmonics. |
Sets or returns the line frequency used for MIL harmonics calculations. The default value is 60.0000.
Sets the power harmonics MIL power level. The factory default is LOW.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | enum | LOW | Power level setting. |
Sets the number of harmonics used by the power harmonics measurement. The factory default is 0.
Sets the harmonics source selection used by the power analysis functions.
Sets or returns the selected power harmonics standard. The factory default is NONE.
Sets or returns the power indicators setting.
Sets the modulation source for the power subsystem. The factory default is VOLTAGE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | VOLTAGE | Modulation source selection. |
Sets the power modulation type used by the instrument. The default value is PWIDTH.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | PWIDTH | Power modulation type. |
Sets the application power display state. The factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | 0 - 0 | Application power display enable state. |
Sets the Power Quality display frequency setting. The factory default value is 0.
Sets the power quality display crest factor setting. The factory default value is 0.
Sets the display state for the RMS current measurement in the Power Quality display. The factory default is 0.
Sets the default display value for phase angle in the power quality display group.
Sets the displayed power factor measurement to its default value. The factory default for this item is 0.
Sets the displayed reactive power measurement format default value. The factory default for this item is 0.
Sets or displays the TRUE power value in the power quality display group.
Sets the default value for the power quality display crest factor measurement. The factory default is 0.
Sets the default display value for VRMS in the Power Quality display group. The factory default is 0.
Sets the power quality frequency reference. The factory default value is VOLTAGE.
Sets the absolute high reference level for power measurements. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| high | real | - | Absolute high reference level. |
Sets the absolute low reference level for power measurements. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| low | real | 0.0E+0 | Absolute low reference level. |
Sets the absolute mid1 reference level default value. The factory default for this parameter is 0.0E+0.
Sets the hysteresis level used for power reference level control. The factory default value is 10.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| hysteresis | real | - | Hysteresis level. |
Sets the reference-level method for power measurements. The factory default is PERCENT.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| method | enum | PERCENT | Reference-level method. |
Sets or queries the high threshold of the percent reference level for power measurements. The factory default value is 90.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| high | real | - | High percent reference level. |
Sets the low threshold for the power reference level percentage. The factory default is 10.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| low | real | - | Low percentage reference level. |
Sets the reference level mid1 value for percent-based power reference leveling. The factory default is 50.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mid1 | real | - | Percent-based mid1 reference level. |
Sets or queries the source used for ripple measurements. The factory default is VOLTAGE.
Sets the upper X-axis limit for the linear SOA plot. The factory default is 500.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| xmax | real | 0.0E+0 - 500.0000 | Upper X-axis limit for the linear SOA plot. |
Sets the minimum X value for the linear SOA plot. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| xmin | real | - | Minimum X value for the linear SOA plot. |
Sets the linear SOA Y-axis maximum value. The factory default is 50.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| ymax | real | 0.0E+0 - 50.0000 | Maximum Y value for the linear SOA plot. |
Sets the minimum Y value for the linear safe operating area (SOA) plot. The factory default for this setting is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| ymin | real | 0.0E+0 - 50.0000 | Minimum Y value for the linear SOA plot. |
Sets or shows the maximum X value used for the power safe operating area log plot. The factory default is 1.0000E+3.
Sets the minimum X value for the power SOA logarithmic plot. The factory default is 100.0000E-3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| xmin | real | 100.0000E-3 | Minimum X value for the POWER:SOA:LOG plot. |
Sets the Y-axis maximum value for the power safe operating area log plot. The factory default is 100.0000.
Sets the minimum Y value for the POWER:SOA:LOG plot scale. The default value is 100.0000E-3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| ymin | real | 100.0000E-3 - 100.0000 | Minimum Y value for the logarithmic SOA plot scale. |
Sets the SOA mask definition values. The factory default is eight numeric values: 0.0E+0, 30.0000, 25.0000, 30.0000, 300.0000, 2.5000, 300.0000, 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | numeric | - | Eight mask definition values. |
Sets the maximum amperes used for the SOA mask. The factory default value is 30.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| amps | real | A | Maximum amperes for the SOA mask. |
Sets the maximum voltage used for the power safe operating area mask. The default value is 300.0000.
Sets the maximum watts value for the SOA mask. The factory default is 750.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| maxwatts | real | - | Maximum power limit for the SOA mask. |
Sets the state of the SOA mask feature. The factory default value is LIMITS.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | LIMITS | SOA mask state. |
Sets whether SOA mask violations stop the test/run. Factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | 0 - 1 | Enables or disables stopping on violation. |
Sets the SOA plot type used by the power safety operating area display. The default value is LOG.
Sets the power statistics mode default value. The factory default is ALL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | ALL | Power statistics mode. |
Sets the weighting used for power statistics calculations. The factory default is 32.
Sets the default conductivity-calculation method used for power-switch-loss measurements. The factory default is VOLTAGE.
Sets the power switch loss display mode. The factory default is POWERLOSS.
Sets the gate polarity used for power-loss measurements. The default value is RISE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | RISE | Gate polarity selection. |
Sets the gate turn-on value used by power switching loss measurements. The factory default is 1.5000.
Sets the drain-source on-resistance value used for power loss calculations. The factory default is 20.0000E-3, with an alternate listed value of 50.0000.
Sets the absolute midpoint reference level used for power switching loss measurements. The factory default value is 1.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| gatemid | real | - | Absolute gate midpoint reference level. |
Sets the absolute low-current reference level used for power switching loss calculations. The factory default is 5.0000.
Sets the absolute low-voltage reference level used by the power-loss measurement defaults. The default value is 50.0000.
Sets the factory default reference level percentage for the gate midpoint power switch-loss measurement. The default value shown is 5.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| GATEMID | real | - | Reference level percentage for the gate midpoint. |
Sets the percent reference level for the low-current power-loss measurement. The factory default value is 5.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | % | Percent reference level for the low-current measurement. |
Sets the low-voltage reference level used for POWER:SWLOSS reference-level calculations. The factory default value shown is 50.0000.
Sets the power-loss saturation voltage default value. The factory default is 2.0000.
Sets the power analysis type default value. The factory default is NONE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | NONE | Power analysis type. |
Sets the voltage source used for POWER measurements. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | Voltage source selection. |
Sets the current source for the power analysis application module.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - | Current source selection. |
Enables the Power Analysis application module display settings. The command is listed as part of the option-enabled commands for the 3-PWR application module.
Selects the source used for gate signals in power analysis. This command is available with the 3-PWR application module.
Selects the display type for harmonic analysis in the power application module.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | - |
Sets the harmonics frequency reference for the Power Analysis application module. The manual slice lists this command under the 3-PWR application module command set.
Sets the fixed frequency value used for harmonics frequency reference. This command is part of the Power Analysis application module harmonics setup.
Sets the IEC harmonic class for power harmonics analysis.
Sets the IEC harmonics filter used by the Power Analysis application module.
Sets the IEC fundamental frequency used for power harmonics analysis. This command belongs to the Power Analysis application module option.
Enables grouping for the IEC harmonics measurement setup.
Sets the IEC input power setting for the power harmonics application module.
Sets the line frequency used for IEC harmonic calculations.
Sets the IEC observation period for power harmonics measurements.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| period | real | - | IEC observation period. |
Sets or queries the IEC power factor used for power harmonics analysis.
Sets the calculation method for the MIL fundamental harmonic measurement.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| CALCmethod | enum | - | Calculation method for the MIL fundamental harmonic measurement. |
Sets the user-defined fundamental current for MIL harmonics calculations.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| current | real | A | User-defined fundamental current. |
Sets the mains line frequency used for MIL harmonic calculations.
Sets the MIL power level used for harmonic analysis. This command is part of the Power Analysis Application Module.
Sets the number of harmonics used for the power harmonics analysis in the Power application module.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR_HARMonics | integer | 1 - 400 | Number of harmonics to analyze. |
Returns the frequency of the specified harmonic result. The harmonic is selected with the <1-400> index in the command path.
Returns the IEC maximum value for the selected harmonic result.
Returns the limit result for the specified harmonic result entry.
Returns the phase of the selected harmonic result. The harmonic is identified by the <1-400> index in the command path.
Returns the absolute RMS value for the specified harmonic result. The harmonic number is selected by the <1-400> node in the command path.
Returns the IEC class A limit test result for the specified harmonic result record.
Returns the IEC normal test result for the specified harmonic number.
Returns the IEC POHC limit result for the specified harmonic. The harmonic number is part of the command node, :HAR<1-400>.
Returns the MIL normal test result for the specified harmonic. The harmonic number is given by HAR<1-400>.
Returns the IEC fundamental result for harmonic analysis.
Returns the IEC HARM3 alternate result for the selected harmonics measurement. This command is part of the Power Analysis Application Module harmonics results queries.
Returns the crest factor of the V channel in the power quality application module.
Sets the gate polarity used for switching-loss measurements.
Sets the switching-loss RDS(on) measurement option. The slice only lists the command name in the option-enabled command index and provides no syntax or parameter details.
Sets the percent-based reference level for gate midpoint switching-loss measurements.
Sets the low-current reference level for percentage-based switching-loss measurements. This command is listed under the power switching-loss option commands.
Sets the low-voltage reference level for percentage-based switching-loss measurements.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| voltage | real | - | Low-voltage reference level used for the percentage-based reference setting. |
Returns the mean turn-off energy measurement for the power switch-loss application module.
Returns the minimum TOFF energy value for power switching loss measurements.
Returns the mean turn-off power loss. This command is listed as an option-enabled query in the 3-PWR application module.
Returns the minimum turn-off power switching loss. The slice only lists the command name in the option-enabled command index and does not provide further syntax or units.
Returns the minimum energy measured during turn-on switching loss analysis.
Returns the mean turn-on power switching loss. This is an option-enabled command in the 3-PWR application module.
Returns the maximum total switching-loss energy value. This command is listed as an option-enabled query under the power switching-loss application module.
Returns the mean total switching-loss energy measurement.
Returns the maximum total power switching-loss value. This command is listed as a query in the option-enabled commands appendix.
Returns the mean total switching-loss power. This is a query under the POWer:SWLoss:TOTal subtree.
Returns the minimum total switching-loss power. This command is listed as a query under the 3-PWR application module commands.
Selects the source of the power-supply voltage measurement. The command is listed as an option-enabled command for the 3-PWR application module.
Selects the plot type used for SOA displays.
Returns the number of failures in the power SOA results.
Returns the number of acquisitions used for the SOA result. This is a query command.
Returns the state of the SOA result subsystem.
Returns the statistics function state and related settings are documented on the command's page entry. The slice does not provide a detailed functional description here.
Sets the statistics mode for power analysis.
Sets the weighting used for power statistics calculations.
Returns the maximum conduction energy for switching-loss analysis.
Returns the mean conduction energy for switching-loss analysis.
Returns the minimum conduction energy for switch loss calculations.
Returns the maximum conduction power for switching-loss measurements.
Returns the mean conduction power in switch-loss measurements.
Returns the minimum conduction power for switching-loss measurements.
Specifies a string of Protected User Data. The data is protected by the PASSWord command and can be modified only after entering the correct password; querying does not require the password.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| data | block | 300 ASCII characters | Block or quoted string containing the protected user data. |
*PUD #229This oscilloscope belongs to me *PUD? might return #221PROPERTY OF COMPANY X
Restores the oscilloscope state from a copy of settings previously stored in memory with *SAV.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR1 | integer | 1 - 10 | Saved setup storage location to recall. |
*RCL 3
Reads the Event Status Enable Register (ESER).
Controls the Enable Registers contents at power-on. *PSC 1 sets the enable registers to default values at power-on, while *PSC 0 preserves their values in nonvolatile memory through a power cycle.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | 0 - 1 | Selects whether enable registers are reset at power-on or retained through power cycles. |
Reads the Service Request Enable Register (SRER). The RQS bit remains set until the Status Byte Register is read with a Serial Poll or the MSS bit changes back to zero.
Waits until all pending operations complete and then places an OPC message in the output queue. The controller must read from the output queue and may need a longer timeout for lengthy operations.
*OPC?
Queries the instrument's calibration status. The index lists it under the Calibration and Diagnostic command group.
Clears the status data and event registers. It also clears the error queue and sets the operation complete bit in the standard event status register.
Defines a user-defined waveform that can be recalled with a data transfer command. This is a system command in the manual index; the provided slice does not include syntax, parameters, or return information.
Sets the standard event status enable register. The register determines which bits in the Standard Event Status Register are enabled to set the ESR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | 0 - 255 | Bit mask for the Standard Event Status Enable register. |
Returns the event status register value. The command is listed in the index only; no further syntax or parameter details are shown in this slice.
Returns the instrument identification string.
Learns the current instrument state. This is a query command.
Sets the Operation Complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register when all pending overlapped commands have been executed. This command is used to synchronize command execution.
Returns the option information for the installed features/options. The command is a query and yields a response describing the instrument's options.
Resets the instrument to its default state.
Saves the current oscilloscope setup to nonvolatile memory. This command belongs to the Save and Recall command group.
Waits until all preceding commands have completed before continuing execution.
Reboots the system after a short delay, emulating a front panel power-button push. The system powers back on after a 5 second delay.
REBOOT
Recalls one of up to 22 built-in demonstration setups of oscilloscope functionality. <x> varies by model.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Selects which built-in demonstration setup to recall. |
RECAll:SETUp:DEMO4 recalls the Demonstration #4 setup.
Recalls a mask file.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| file | string | - | Mask file to recall. |
Recalls a saved setup from a quoted file name or restores the factory setup.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| file | string | - | Quoted setup file name to recall, or FACtory to restore factory settings. |
Recalls a waveform from a .ISF or .CSV file into a reference waveform location. The command requires both the file name and the destination reference (REF1 to REF4).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| file | string | - | Path to the .ISF or .CSV waveform file to recall. |
| destination | enum | REF1 | REF2 | REF3 | REF4 | Reference waveform location that receives the recalled waveform. |
RECAll:WAVEform <.ISF or .CSV file >,< REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4 >
Recalls a previously saved setup file. The setup information is loaded from the specified file in the current working directory.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| file_name | string | - | Name of the setup file to recall. |
RECAll:SETUP "FOO.SET"
Returns data for the reference waveform specified by <x>.
Returns the date that reference waveform data for reference waveform <x> was copied into the internal reference memory.
Specifies the horizontal delay time for reference waveform <x>. The delay time is expressed in seconds and is limited to ±5 times the reference horizontal scale.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | -5 times the reference horizontal scale - +5 times the reference horizontal scale | Delay time for the reference waveform in seconds. |
REF2:HORIZONTAL:DELAY:TIME 4.0E-6
Specifies the horizontal scale for the reference waveform identified by <x>. The scale is given in seconds.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| scale | real | s | Horizontal scale in seconds. |
REF1:? might return REF1: 4.0E-4.
Specifies the label for the reference waveform identified by <x>. The label text is an alphanumeric quoted string limited to 30 characters.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| Qstring | string | - | Quoted label text for the reference channel <x> waveform. |
REF4:LABEL? might return :REF4:LABEL “Clk Wfm 2”.
Returns the time that reference waveform data was copied into the internal reference memory for reference waveform <x>.
REF4:TIME? might return “16:54:05”.
Specifies the vertical position of the reference waveform specified by <x>. Increasing the position moves the waveform up and decreasing it moves the waveform down; the value sets the vertical graticule coordinate where signal values are displayed.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | - | Vertical position of the reference waveform. |
Specifies the vertical scale for the reference waveform specified by <x>. This setting controls the display only.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| gain | real | - | Floating point number that specifies the gain in user units-per-division. |
REF4:VERTICAL:SCALE 100E-03 REF4:VERTICAL:SCALE?
Embeds a comment within programs for internal documentation. The oscilloscope ignores the comment line.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | String comment text, up to 80 characters. |
REM "This is a comment"
Returns whether the RF input is clipping due to input over/under-range detection. 1 or ON indicates clipping; 0 or OFF indicates not clipping.
RF:CLIPPING? might return 0, indicating that the RF input is not clipping.
Specifies whether RF detection occurs automatically or manually. If set to MANual, related RF:DETECTionmethod commands can be used to specify frequency-domain trace detection options.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | MANual | AUTOmatic | Selects automatic or manual RF detection method mode. |
Specifies the detection method the oscilloscope should use when acquiring an RF Average frequency domain trace. To change the detection method, the detection method mode must first be set to MANUAL using RF:DETECTionmethod:MODe.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| method | enum | PLUSpeak | MINUSpeak | SAMple | AVErage | Detection method used for the RF Average frequency domain trace. |
RF:DETECTionmethod:RF_AVErage RF:DETECTionmethod:RF_AVErage?
Specifies the detection method used when acquiring an RF Max Hold frequency domain trace. The Max Hold trace displays the largest value in all acquisition history at each trace point.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | PLUSpeak | MINUSpeak | SAMple | AVErage | Detection method to use for the RF Max Hold trace. |
Specifies the detection method the oscilloscope uses when acquiring an RF Min Hold frequency-domain trace. The Min Hold trace displays the smallest value throughout the acquisition history at each trace point; the detection method can be changed only after setting the mode to MANUAL with RF:DETECTionmethod:MODe.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| method | enum | PLUSpeak | MINUSpeak | SAMple | AVErage | Detection method used for RF Min Hold trace acquisition. |
RF:DETECTionmethod:RF_MAXHold SAM sets the detection method to sample. RF:DETECTionmethod:RF_MAXHold? might return AVERAGE, indicating the detection method has been set to select the mean value within a waveform interval.
Specifies the detection method the oscilloscope uses when acquiring an RF Normal frequency-domain trace. The Normal trace displays the most recently acquired sample at each trace point.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | PLUSpeak | MINUSpeak | SAMple | AVErage | Detection method used for the RF Normal trace. |
RF:DETECTionmethod:RF_NORMal SAM RF:DETECTionmethod:RF_NORMal? might return AVERAGE, indicating the detection method has been set to select the mean value within a waveform interval.
Specifies the center frequency of the RF acquisition system.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| frequency | real | - | Center frequency of the RF acquisition system. |
RF:FREQuency 3.0E+06 sets the center frequency to 3 MHz. RF:FREQuency? might return 3.0E+06, indicating that the center frequency has been set to 3 MHz.
Sets or queries the RF label. The label is a quoted string up to 32 characters.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string label value, up to 32 characters. |
Specifies how many adjacent channels are used in each side group for ACPR measurements. The oscilloscope maintains the span to fit all channels on-screen.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| count | integer | 1 - 3 | Number of channels within each side group. |
Configures the measurement bandwidth used for the Main channel and adjacent side channels when performing ACPR measurements using a frequency-domain trace. The RF measurement type must be set to ACPR first; adjusting the bandwidth can also change channel spacing and span automatically.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR3 | real | - | Floating point measurement bandwidth. |
RF:MEASUre:ACPR:CHANBW 1.5E+6 RF:MEASUre:ACPR:CHANBW?
Specifies the center-to-center spacing between the Main channel and adjacent channels for ACPR measurements using a frequency domain trace. If the spacing is set narrower than the channel bandwidth, the oscilloscope automatically decreases the channel bandwidth.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR3 | real | - | Floating point number specifying the ACPR channel center-to-center spacing. |
RF:MEASUre:ACPR:CHANSPACing 5.0000E+6 RF:MEASUre:ACPR:CHANSPACing?
Measures the ratio between the first lower adjacent side channel and the Main channel when performing ACPR measurements. The result is the adjacent-channel power ratio in dB.
RF:MEASUre:ACPR:LA1DB might return –30.000, indicating that the Lower Area 1 side channel (left side of Main channel) has 1/1000 the power of the Main channel. If the main channel power is –41.0dBm and :RF:MEASUre:ACPR:LA1DB returns –12.0 dB, then the actual power in the adjacent channel is –41.0dBm + –12.0 dB or –53.0dBm.
Returns the measure of the total RF power in the Main channel within the channel bandwidth when performing ACPR measurements using a frequency domain trace. The result uses the units selected with RF:UNIts and requires the RF measurement type to be set to ACPR using RF:MEASUre:TYPe.
Measures the ratio between the first upper side channel and the Main channel for ACPR measurements using a frequency-domain trace. The RF measurement type must be set to ACPR.
RF:MEASUre:ACPR:UA1DB might return –30.000, indicating that the Upper Area 1 side channel (right side of Main channel) has 1/1000 the power of the Main channel.
Specifies the channel bandwidth used for RF measurements when the measurement type is set to Channel Power (CP). The bandwidth is centered about the center frequency, and the span is automatically controlled to be 10% wider than the channel width.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR3> | real | - | Floating point number specifying the channel bandwidth. |
RF:MEASUre:CP:CHANBW 5.0000E+6 sets the channel width to 5 MHz.
Returns the total channel power within the displayed channel bandwidth when the RF measurement type has been set to CP.
Specifies the Analysis Bandwidth used when RF measurement type is set to OBW. The span automatically changes to be 10% more than the Analysis Bandwidth.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR3 | real | - | Analysis Bandwidth value. |
Returns the lower frequency threshold for OBW measurement, shown on the display as the white line to the left bracketing OBW power. The RF measurement type must be set to OBW.
Specifies the percentage of total power within the occupied bandwidth used to define the OBW lower and upper frequency thresholds. The value can be set from 99.9 down to 60.0 in 0.1 increments, and RF measurement type must be OBW.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| percent | real | 60.0 - 99.9 | Percentage of total power within the analysis bandwidth used for the OBW power setting. |
RF:MEASUre:OBW:PERCENTdown 80 RF:MEASUre:OBW:PERCENTdown? might return 85.0000
Returns the total channel power within the occupied bandwidth when the RF measurement type is set to OBW. The units are user-set with RF:UNIts.
Returns the upper frequency threshold for the occupied bandwidth measurement. The RF measurement type must be set to OBW using RF:MEASUre:TYPe.
RF:MEASUre:OBW:UPPERFreq? might return 2.4000E+9, indicating that the upper frequency threshold is 2.4000E+9 Hz.
Specifies the RF measurement type. Available types are Channel Power, Adjacent Channel Power Ratio, Occupied Bandwidth, or none.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | Channel Power | Adjacent Channel Power Ratio | Occupied Bandwidth | none | Selects the RF measurement type. |
Specifies the vertical position for the frequency domain traces. The position is the location of the Reference Level with respect to the top of the graticule, in divisions.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | -10 - 10 | Vertical position of the reference level relative to the top of the graticule. |
Executes the attached probe’s AutoZero function for probes that support this feature. The command requires option 3-SA3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| EXECute | enum | EXECute | Execution trigger for the probe AutoZero function. |
RF:PROBE:AUTOZERO Execute performs the AutoZero function in the probe.
Executes a calibration or initialization for a probe attached to the RF input, if the probe is calibratable. The manual notes that probe calibratability can be checked with RF:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe?.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| action | enum | EXECute | INITialize | Selects whether to execute calibration or perform initialization. |
Returns a boolean value that indicates whether the attached probe is calibratable.
RF:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe? might return 0, indicating that the probe attached to the RF input is not calibratable.
Returns the calibration state of the probe connected to the RF input.
Sets the state of the probe control specified by the first argument to the state specified by the second argument. The command and state strings are unique to the attached probe type.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| command | string | - | Probe command enumeration to set or query. |
| value | string | - | Data value to apply for the specified probe command. |
RF:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”, “4–4V1MHz” RF:PROBE:COMMAND “OUTPUT”, “ON” RF:PROBE:COMMAND?“MODE”
Queries a probe command setting on the attached probe using a quoted string argument. The query form requires the probe command enumeration as the argument and returns the corresponding response data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string specifying the probe command enumeration for which the response data is requested. |
RF:PROBE:COMMAND?“MODE” might return RF:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”,“4-4V1MHZ”.
Begins the degauss/AutoZero operation.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| execute | enum | EXECute | Starts the degauss/AutoZero operation. |
RF:PROBE:DEGAUSS EXECute begins the degauss/AutoZero operation.
Returns the state of the probe degauss for the RF input.
RF:PROBE:DEGAUSS:STATE? might return FAILED, indicating the degauss operation failed.
Specifies the range of a TekVPI probe attached to the RF input.
Specifies the scale factor for the probe attached to the RF input.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR3 | real | - | Floating point probe scale factor; allowed values depend on the specific probe. |
RF:PROBE:GAIN? might return RF:PROBE:GAIN 0.1000E+00 indicating that the attached 10x probe delivers 1 V to the RF input for every 10 V applied to the probe input.
Returns the serial number of the probe attached to the RF input. For Level 0 and 1 probes, the serial number is "".
Returns the type of probe attached to the RF input. Level 2 or higher probes return their exact product nomenclature; for Level 0 or 1 probes, a generic "No Probe Detected" message is returned.
RF:PROBE:TYPE? might return :RF:PROBE:TYPE "P6203" indicating that P6203-type probe is attached to the RF input.
Sets or returns the user-selected mode for an RF pre-amp connected to the RF input. The mode can be BYPass or AUTO; the actual pre-amp status is determined by the selected mode and the RF reference level.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | BYPass | AUTO | User-selected RF pre-amp mode. |
Returns the actual status of the RF pre-amp connected to the RF input.
RF:PRObe:PREAmp:MODe? might return AUTO, indicating that the pre-amp amplification has been set to turn on or off depending on whether the RF reference level is above or below the RF reference level threshold.
Returns the input resistance of the probe attached to the RF input, if the probe supports it; otherwise it returns 0.0. The RF input is 50 a9 impedance.
RF:PRObe:RESistance? might return :RF:PROBE:RESISTANCE 1.0000E+6
Specifies the input bypass setting of a TekVPI probe attached to the RF input. The probe must support input bypass.
Returns a quoted string describing the units of measure for the probe attached to the RF input.
RF:PROBE:UNITS? might return :RF:PROBE:UNITS "A"
This command specifies the resolution bandwidth (RBW) mode, either automatic or manual.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | AUTO | MANual | Selects automatic RBW tracking with span changes or manual RBW setting. |
RF:RBW:MODe MANual sets the mode to manual. RF:RBW:MODe? might return AUTO, the default.
Sets the Reference Level of the RF input. The reference level can be specified as a numeric floating-point value or set automatically.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Reference level value, or automatic setting if supported. |
This command specifies the label for the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| label | string | - | Quoted string label for the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace. |
RF:RF_AMPlitude:LABel "My Trace" RF:RF_AMPlitude:LABel?
Specifies the vertical position of the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace. Increasing the position value moves the waveform up; decreasing it moves the waveform down.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | -50 - 50 | Vertical graticule location at which the trace is displayed. |
Specifies the vertical scale for the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace. Increasing the scale displays the waveform smaller; decreasing it displays the waveform larger.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| <NR3> | real | - | Floating point number that specifies the vertical scale. |
RF:RF_AMPlitude:VERTical:SCAle 50E-3 RF:RF_AMPlitude:VERTical:SCAle?
Returns the number of RF traces that have been accumulated to create the RF Average frequency domain trace.
Specifies the number of acquisitions used when creating the RF Average frequency domain trace. The range is 2 to 512, in exponential increments.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR1 | integer | 2 - 512 | Number of acquisitions to be used for the RF Average trace. |
RF:RF_AVErage:NUMAVg 100 RF:RF_AVErage:NUMAVg?
Sets or returns the RF versus time bandwidth as an NR3 value in Hz. This is the same as the "RF v T BW" readout, shown when at least one RF Versus Time trace is on.
Specifies the overall vertical scale setting of the frequency domain window. The scale is adjustable in a 1-2-5 sequence from 0.1 dB/division to 100 dB/division.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| scale | real | 0.1 - 100 | Overall vertical scale setting of the frequency domain window. |
RF:SCAle 10 sets the vertical scale to 10 dB/division. RF:SCAle? might return 10.000, indicating that the vertical scale has been set to 10 dB/division.
Specifies the ratio of the span to the resolution bandwidth (RBW) used when RBW Mode is set to AUTO. The default RBW ratio is a factor of 1000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| ratio | real | - | Ratio of span to RBW used in AUTO RBW mode. |
Clears the spectrogram.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| CLEAR | enum | CLEAR | Clears the spectrogram. |
RF:SPECTR CLEAR clears the spectrogram.
Returns the number of spectrogram slices that are currently being rendered. A spectrogram slice is a section of the spectrogram representing one interval, or slice, of time in the spectrogram record.
Specifies which spectrogram slice is displayed. The slice can only be changed when acquisitions are stopped; attempts to select an out-of-range slice or to change it while acquisitions are running are ignored.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NR1 | integer | 0 - -197 | Spectrogram slice number to be displayed; 0 is the latest slice and numbering proceeds backwards in time. |
Returns the time stamp of the selected spectrogram slice, as specified by :RF:SPECTRogram:SLICESELect. The value is the number of seconds since spectrogram acquisitions were started after power-up or since the spectrogram was cleared.
RF:SPECTR:SLICETIME? returns 0.0E+0.
Switches the frequency domain spectrogram display on or off. The spectrogram shows frequency and amplitude changes over time.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Turns the spectrogram display off or on. |
Resets the spectrum traces, including RF_MINHold, RF_MAXHold, and RF_AVErage.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| RESET | enum | RESET | Resets the spectrum traces. |
RF:SPECTRUMTRACE RESET resets the spectrum traces: RF_MINHold, RF_MAXHold and RF_AVErage.
Queries the number of seconds in the spectrogram since continuous acquisition started. The returned value is always less than or equal to 0.
RF:SPECTR:TIME? might return -66.8174, indicating that there were 66.8174 seconds in the spectrogram since continuous acquisition started.
Sets the start frequency. When any of RF:STARt, RF:STOP, RF:FREQuency, or RF:SPAN is changed, the instrument enforces the relationship between start, stop, center frequency, and span.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | Hz | Start frequency. |
RF:STARt 0 RF:STARt?
Specifies the stop frequency, excluding frequencies above a certain level from use. It is part of the linked RF:STARt/RF:STOP/RF:FREQuency/RF:SPAN frequency relationship enforced by the instrument.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | real | Hz | Stop frequency value. |
Specifies the vertical units used in all RF-related absolute logarithmic amplitudes.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| units | enum | DBM | DBUW | DBMV | DBUV | DBMA | DBUA | Selects the RF vertical unit. |
RF:UNIts DBUV RF:UNIts?
Sets or queries the FFT windowing function used to minimize discontinuities between successive frames of an RF time domain signal. This command requires option 3-SA3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| window | enum | RECTangular | HAMming | HANning | BLAckmanharris | KAIser | FLATtop | FFT window function to use. |
RF:WINdow BLA RF:WINDOW? KAISER
Sets the RF detection method mode. The factory default value is AUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | AUTO | Detection method mode. |
Sets the RF detection method for RF average measurement. The factory default is PLUSPEAK.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | PLUSPEAK | RF average detection method. |
Sets the RF detection method used for RF max-hold operation. The factory default for this command is PLUSPEAK.
Sets the RF detection method for minimum hold. The default value is MINUSPEAK.
Sets the RF detection method normal mode default. The factory default value is PLUSPEAK.
Sets the RF frequency default value. This entry appears in the factory defaults table as the default for the RF:FREQUENCY setting.
Sets the adjacent-pairs setting for ACPR measurement. The factory default value is 1.
Sets the ACPR channel bandwidth default value. The factory default is 4.0000E+6.
Sets the adjacent-channel spacing used for ACPR measurements. The default value is 5.0000E+6.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| chanspacing | real | Hz | Channel spacing used for ACPR measurements. |
Sets the channel bandwidth used for RF measurement of CP. The factory default value is 10.0000E+6.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bandwidth | real | Hz | Channel bandwidth for the CP measurement. |
Sets the occupied bandwidth channel bandwidth used for RF occupied bandwidth measurements. The factory default is 10.0000E+6.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| chanbw | real | Hz | Channel bandwidth for RF occupied bandwidth measurement. |
Sets the percent-down level used for the RF occupied bandwidth measurement. The default value is 99.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| percentdown | real | - | Percent-down level for occupied bandwidth measurement. |
Selects the RF measurement type. The factory default is NONE.
Sets the RF position. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | - | RF position value. |
Sets the forced RF probe range default value.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| range | real | - | Forced probe range value. |
Sets the RF probe gain default value. The factory default is 1.0000.
Sets the RF probe preamplifier mode. The factory default value is AUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | AUTO | Preamplifier mode. |
Sets the RF resolution bandwidth. The factory default value is 3.0000E+6.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| rbw | real | Hz | Resolution bandwidth value. |
Sets the RF RBW mode. The factory default is AUTO.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | AUTO | RBW mode. |
Sets the RF reference level. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | V | Reference level value. |
Sets the number of averages used for RF averaging. The factory default is 16.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| numavg | integer | - | Number of averages. |
Sets the RF scale to a factory default value of 10.0000.
Sets the frequency span. The factory default value is 3.0E+9.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| span | real | Hz | Frequency span to set. |
Sets the RF span/RBW ratio.
Sets the spectrogram slice to display. The factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| slice | integer | 0 | Spectrogram slice selection index. |
Sets the spectrogram state. The default value is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | 0 - 1 | Turns spectrogram display off or on. |
Sets the spectrum mode default value to FREERUN. The appendix lists this as the factory default for RF:SPECTRUMMODE.
Selects the RF units used for measurements. The factory default is DBM.
Selects the RF window type. The factory default is KAISER.
Sets the reference oscillator source. The internal 10 MHz crystal oscillator is selected with INTERnal; EXTernal selects a user-supplied external time base reference.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | INTERnal | EXTernal | Reference oscillator source. |
ROSC:SOURCE? might return INTERNAL, indicating that the 10 MHz crystal oscillator is being used as the time base reference.
Returns the lock state of the reference oscillator specified by ROSc:SOUrce. The returned values are LOCKED or UNLOCKED.
ROSC:STATE? might return LOCKED, indicating that the time base reference is locked.
Sets or queries the reference oscillator source. The factory default is INTERNAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | INTERNAL | Reference oscillator source. |
Specifies what data type is saved when the front-panel Save button is pressed.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | IMAGe | WAVEform | SETUp | UNASsigned | Selects whether the Save button saves screen images, waveforms, setups, or is unassigned. |
Saves the data from bus<x> to a specified file and location. x is the bus number, 1 to 2.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| file path | string | - | Quoted string that defines the file name and path location where the event table will be stored. |
Specifies the file format used when saving screen images. The format is not automatically determined by the file name extension.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| format | enum | PNG | BMP | TIFf | File format to use for saving the image. |
Specifies the current ink saver setting for the SAVe:IMAGe command. ON or 1 uses the ink saver palette; OFF or 0 uses the standard palette.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | ON | 0 | 1 | Sets the ink saver palette setting for saved images. |
SAVe:IMAGe:INKSaver {OFF|ON|0|1}
SAVe:IMAGe:INKSaver?Specifies the layout to use for saved screen images.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| layout | enum | LANdscape | PORTRait | Selects whether screen images are saved in landscape or portrait format. |
Saves a mask definition to the current working directory. The argument is a quoted string naming the mask definition to save.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Quoted string that is the name of the mask definition being saved. |
:SAVE:MASK FOO.MSK will save a copy of the mask FOO to the current working directory.
Specifies the file format used when saving waveforms. The internal format uses .ISF, and the spreadsheet format uses comma-delimited .CSV files with header and timing information.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| format | enum | INTERNal | SPREADSheet | Selects the waveform save file format. |
SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat INTERNal SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat?
Specifies the file format for saving RF baseband I & Q data. The default format is TIQ.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| format | enum | TIQ | MATLAB | Selects the file format used when saving RF baseband I & Q data. |
SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT:RF_BB_IQ TIQ SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT:RF_BB_IQ?
Specifies whether save waveform operations should save the entire waveform or a specified portion of the waveform.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| gating | enum | NONe | CURSors | SCREEN | Selects which portion of the waveform is saved. |
Saves an image to the specified file. The file name must be given as a quoted string.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| file | string | - | File name as a quoted string. |
Saves the current setup to a quoted-string file. This command is one of the oscilloscope operations that can generate OPC.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| file | string | - | File name as a quoted string. |
Saves waveform data to a reference location or file. The source waveform and destination/reference are specified as a comma-separated pair.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source wfm | string | - | Source waveform to save. |
| destination | string | - | Reference location or file to save the waveform to. |
SAVe:WAVEform < source wfm >, (< REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4 >|< file >)
Sets the type used for save assignments. The factory default is SETUP.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| type | enum | SETUP | Type used for the save assignment. |
Sets the file format used when saving images. The factory default is PNG.
Sets the ink saver mode for saved images. The factory default is 0.
Sets the image layout used for saved screen images. The factory default is LANDSCAPE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| layout | enum | LANDSCAPE | Image layout setting. |
Sets the file format used when saving waveform data. The factory default is INTERNAL.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| format | enum | INTERNAL | RF_BB_IQ | TIQ | File format for saved waveform data. |
Sets the file format used when saving waveform data for RF_BB_IQ. The factory default is TIQ.
Sets the waveform gating state for file/save operations. The factory default is NONE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| gating | enum | NONE | Selects the waveform gating mode. |
Saves the current custom mask to a file in the current working directory. The mask definition can be saved by itself, or together with the rest of the scope settings.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| file | string | - | Mask filename to save, such as a .MSK file. |
:SAVE:MASK 'FOO.MSK' SAVE:SETUP "FOO.SET"
Saves the current scope settings along with the mask definition to the current working directory. The example shows it used as an alternative to :SAVE:MASK for saving a custom mask setup to a file.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| filename | string | - | File name to save the setup to. |
SAVE:SETUP “FOO.SET”
Returns the commands that list the oscilloscope settings, excluding configuration information for calibration values and the WFMInpre? and WFMOutpre? queries. It is identical to the *LRN? command and always returns command headers regardless of the HEADer|:HDR setting.
SET? returns a long response, part of which could be as follows: :SET :ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUnsTOP;STATE 1;MODE SAMPLE;NUMENV INFINITE;NUMAVG 16;SAMPLINGMODE RT;:HEADER 1;:LOCK NONE;:LANGUAGE ENGLISH;:VERBOSE 1;:ALIAS:STATE 0;: DISPLAY:COLOR:PALETTE NORMAL;:DISPLAY:STYLE:DOTSONLY 0;:DISPLAY:PERSISTENCE 0.0000;CLOCK 1;GRATICULE FULL;INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM 30;GRATICULE 75;BACKLIGHT HIGH;:HARDCOPY:INKSAVER OFF;LAYOUT LANDSCAPE;PREVIEW 0; :SAVE:IMAGE:FILEFORMAT BMP;:SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT INTERNAL;:SAVE:ASSIGN:TYPE SETUP;:TRIGGER:A:MODE AUTO;TYPE EDGE;LEVEL 20.0000E-3;LEVEL:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 1.4000;CH2 800.0000E-3;CH3 800.0000E-3;CH4 800.0000E-3;: TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME 20.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1;COUPLING DC;SLOPE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS SETHOLD;FUNCTION AND;THRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;CLOCK:SOURCE NONE;EDGE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;:TRIGGER:A :LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN TRUE;WHEN:LESSLIMIT 4.0000E-9;LIMIT 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A :SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1;EDGE RISE;THRESHOLD 20.0000E-3;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH2;
Specifies the time that the oscilloscope displays.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| QString | string | - | Time value in the form "hh:mm:ss". |
TIME "14:00:00" TIME?
Returns the current time setting of the oscilloscope. The time is specified as a string in the form "hh:mm:ss".
TIME? might return :TIME "14:05:17" indicating the current time is set to 2:05 p.m. and 17 seconds.
Returns the total number of hours that the oscilloscope has been powered on since the nonvolatile memory was last programmed, usually since the initial manufacturing process.
Sets or queries the video picture automatic contrast state. Automatic contrast uses histogram equalization to optimize the use of brightness levels.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | OFF | ON | Turns automatic contrast on or off. |
VIDP:AUTOC ON turns on the auto contrast state for the video picture feature.
Sets or queries the number of frames between automatic contrast updates. A value of 0 disables automatic contrast updates.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| count | integer | 0 - 100 | Number of frames between automatic contrast updates. |
VIDP:AUTOC 25 sets the number of frames between automatic contrast updates to 25.
Sets or queries the video picture brightness level as an integer percentage.
VIDP:BRIGHTN 49 sets the video picture brightness level to 49 percent.
Sets or queries the video picture contrast level as an integer percentage. The valid range is 0 to 100.
VIDP:CONTR 49
Sets or queries the video picture display state.
Sets or queries the video picture frame type. The frame type can be Odd, Even, or Interlaced.
VIDP:FRAMETYP EVEN sets the video picture frame type to Even.
Displays the video picture. The manual index entry only identifies the command and page reference.
Sets the starting line for video picture location. The slice only shows the command in the index and does not provide syntax or parameter details.
Selects the source for the picture/video-related function. The index page lists this command only and does not provide further details.
Specifies the encoding of outgoing waveform data queried using CURVe?. ASCII data is sent as <NR1> numbers; binary encoding is further defined by WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr, WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt, and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| encoding | enum | ASCii | BINary | Selects ASCII or binary encoding for outgoing waveform data. |
WFMOUTPRE:ENCDG? might return :WFMOUTPRE:ENCDG BIN indicating that outgoing waveform data will be sent in binary format.
Sets the number of bytes per waveform point used by waveform transfer formatting. In the example, it is set to 8 for a digital collection transfer.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| BYT_Nr | integer | 1 - 8 | Number of bytes per point used for waveform transfer formatting. |
:WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr 8
Sets the waveform transfer encoding used by waveform and CURVe? data transfers. The returned WFMOutpre? example shows ENCDG as one of the preamble settings.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| encoding | enum | ASCii | Encoding format for waveform transfer. |
:WFMOutpre:ENCdg ASCii
Returns waveform preamble settings used by CURVe? to format transferred waveform data. The example shows YOFF and YZERO among the returned values, and notes that the command is query only.
Sets the number of bits per data point in the waveform data. Changing this value automatically changes the BYT_NR value accordingly.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| bits | integer | - | Number of bits per data point in the waveform data. |
Sets the binary format used for waveform transfer preamble data. The manual says the other possibility is RP, and that this field is not applicable for ASCII encoding.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| format | enum | RI | RP | Binary format for the waveform data. |
Sets the byte order for BINARY waveform data. The manual notes this field is not applicable for ASCII encoding, and that it can also be set with DATa:ENCdg.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| byte order | enum | MSB | LSB | Selects the byte order for BINARY waveform data. |
Returns the number of data points in the waveform record. This value is typically equal to the full record length, though only a portion of the record can be transferred using DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP.
Returns the point format of the waveform record. The returned value is Y for YT format or ENV for envelope format (min/max pairs).
Returns the quoted waveform identifier string for the source waveform. The value cannot be changed.
Returns the time or frequency increment between data points in the waveform record. This is a query-only value.
Returns the units of the x-axis of the waveform record. This is determined by the horizontal settings for the waveform source; typically it is seconds, and with a math waveform source it can be seconds or hertz.
Returns the time or frequency of the first data point in the waveform record, relative to trigger time 0. This value can be negative.
Query provided only for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes. It always returns 0.
Returns the multiplying factor used to convert waveform data point values from digitizing levels to the units specified by WFMOutpre:YUNit. This is a query-only value.
Returns the vertical units of data points in the waveform record. The value is a string such as "State", depending on the source waveform's vertical units.
WFMOutpre:YUNit?
Returns the center frequency of the source waveform in hertz. This is a query-only waveform transfer preamble value.
Returns the domain in which the source waveform is displayed and stored. For RF time domain traces, the domain is Time; for RF frequency domain traces, the domain is Frequency.
Returns the reference level of the source waveform. This value is given in watts and is query only.
Returns the frequency span of the source waveform in hertz. This is a query-only waveform transfer preamble value.
WFMOutpre:SPAN?
Returns the waveform type of the source waveform. The example indicates RF_FD for an RF frequency-domain trace.
Returns the pulse train order/preorder setting for waveform output preamble information.
Returns the Y-axis offset pre-scale for the waveform output preamble.
Reads the Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER). The DESER controls which types of events are reported to the SESR and the Event Queue.
Sets the event status enable register. It determines which enabled events are summarized in the Status Byte register.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| value | integer | 0 - 255 | Bit mask for the event status enable register. |
Reads all event numbers from the Event Queue along with a description of each event. Reading an event removes it from the queue.
Returns the event log and error log event count. This query is listed in the Alias Command Group.
Returns the event number and a text description of the event from the Event Queue. Reading an event removes it from the queue.
Returns the current event message text. This is a query command.
Starts the hardcopy operation. This command can generate an Operation Complete event when the operation finishes.
Sets whether hardcopy output uses ink saver mode. The factory default is 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | Enables or disables ink saver mode. |
Sets the hardcopy layout orientation. The factory default is LANDSCAPE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| layout | enum | LANDSCAPE | Hardcopy layout orientation. |
Sets the default hardcopy paper size. The factory default is LETTER.
Enables or disables hardcopy preview. Factory default is 0.
Hard copy command group. Provides access to hardcopy-related settings and printer management commands.
Selects the active printer used for hard copy output.
Turns ink saving for hard copy output on or off.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Enables or disables ink saver mode. |
Sets the hardcopy layout.
Displays a preview of the hardcopy output. The command is listed in the Hard copy command group index.
Adds a printer to the hardcopy printer list.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| printer | string | - | Printer name or address to add. |
Deletes a printer from the hardcopy printer list.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| printer | string | - | Printer name to delete. |
Returns the list of configured printers for hard copy output.
Renames the printer used for hardcopy output.
Sets the alias state. The default value is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | Enables or disables aliasing. |
Returns the alias catalog.
Defines an alias name for a command or command sequence. It is part of the Alias Command Group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| name | string | - | Alias name to define. |
Deletes all defined aliases.
Deletes a named alias or the currently selected alias if no name is specified.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| nameopt | string | - | Name of the alias to delete. |
Sets or returns the alias state.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Enables or disables aliasing. |
Enables or disables the CH1 amps-via-volts conversion feature. The factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | Turns the CH1 AMPSVIAVOLTS feature off or on. |
Sets the CH1 Amps-Via-Volts conversion factor. The factory default value is 10.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| factor | real | - | Conversion factor for CH1 AMPSVIAVOLTS. |
Sets or queries the bandwidth limit for channel 1. The factory default value is 100.0000E+6.
Sets or queries the coupling mode for channel 1. The factory default is DC.
Sets the deskew adjustment for channel 1. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| deskew | real | - | Deskew adjustment for channel 1. |
Sets or returns the channel 1 invert state. The default value is 0.
Sets or returns the label for CH1. The factory default label is an empty string.
Sets the offset for channel 1. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| offset | real | V | Vertical offset for CH1. |
Sets the vertical position for channel 1. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | - | Vertical position of CH1. |
Sets the forced range for channel 1 probe settings. The default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| range | real | - | Forced range value for CH1 probe settings. |
Sets the probe gain for channel 1. The factory default value is 1.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| gain | real | - | Probe gain value for CH1. |
Sets the probe propagation delay for channel 1. The default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| propdelay | real | s | Probe propagation delay for CH1. |
Sets the vertical scale for CH1. The default value is 100.0000E-3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| scale | real | V | Vertical scale for CH1. |
Sets the input termination for channel 1. The factory default is 1.0000E+6.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| termination | real | ohm | Input termination resistance for CH1. |
Sets the vertical units for channel 1. The factory default is "V".
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| units | string | - | Vertical units for CH1. |
Sets the cursor function state. The factory default is OFF.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | OFF | Cursor function setting. |
Sets the horizontal bar cursor position 1. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | - | Horizontal bar cursor position 1. |
Sets the units used for horizontal bars cursors. The factory default is BASE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| units | enum | BASE | SECONDS | Units used for horizontal bars cursor readout. |
Sets the cursor mode. The factory default is INDEPENDENT.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | INDEPENDENT | Cursor mode. |
Sets the cursor source. The factory default is AUTO.
Sets the position of vertical bar cursor 1. The factory default is -12.00E-6.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position1 | real | - | Vertical bar cursor 1 position. |
Sets the vertical-bar cursor units. The factory default is SECONDS.
Sets the cursor XY readout format. The default value is RECTANGULAR.
Sets the X position for the rectangular XY cursor 1. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
Sets the Y position for the rectangular XY cursor.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position1 | real | - |
Returns the cursor delta for the DDT cursor measurement. The slice does not provide any further details about the return format or units.
Sets the cursor function. The available function choices are listed in the command details on the following page.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| function | enum | - | Cursor function selection. |
Returns the delta between the two horizontal bars cursors.
Sets the horizontal bar cursor position. The position is specified as a cursor index placeholder <x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Horizontal bar cursor index to position. |
Sets the units used for horizontal bar cursors. The slice only lists the command name and does not provide syntax, values, or a return description.
Selects the source used for horizontal bars cursors.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | - |
Returns the horizontal bars cursor settings. The query reports the present state of the HBArs cursor function.
Selects the cursor mode.
Selects the source used for cursor measurements. The command is listed in the Cursor Command Group; the slice does not provide further syntax or parameter details.
Returns the alternate vertical bar cursor position for cursor x. The command is part of the cursor command group.
Returns the delta between the two vertical bars cursor positions.
Returns the horizontal position of the selected vertical bar cursor. The x in the mnemonic identifies which bar is queried.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 2 | Vertical bar index to query. |
Sets the position of one vertical bar cursor. The <x> suffix selects which cursor is being positioned.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Cursor index to position. |
Sets the units used for the vertical bars cursor readout.
Selects which vertical bars cursor measurement is in use. This command belongs to the Cursor command group.
Returns the vertical bar cursor delta value. The result is tied to the cursor bars currently in use.
Returns the vertical bars cursor measurement value. The command is part of the Cursor command group.
Returns the delta radius for the XY polar cursor measurement. The command is part of the cursor command group.
Returns the radius position for the selected XY polar cursor. The <x> suffix identifies which cursor is queried.
Returns the units used for the polar radius cursor readout. The slice lists this as a query in the Cursor command group.
Returns the theta delta value for XY polar cursors. The command is part of the cursor XY polar cursor group.
Returns the position of the specified polar theta cursor. The command is part of the XY polar cursor group.
Returns the unit used for the polar theta cursor readout. The command is part of the XY polar cursor subsystem.
Returns the delta value for the XY product cursor measurement.
Sets the position of the selected XY PRODUCT cursor on axis x. The command is part of the Cursor command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | real | - | Cursor position value for the XY PRODUCT cursor. |
Returns the units used for the XY product cursor readout. This is a query command in the Cursor Command Group.
Returns the delta value for the XY ratio cursor measurement.
Returns the position of an XY ratio cursor. The cursor position is referenced by <x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Cursor index. |
Returns the units used for the XY ratio cursor display.
Returns the current cursor readout for XY cursors.
Returns the delta value for the X cursor in rectangular XY mode.
Sets the X position for rectangular XY cursors. The command is part of the Cursor command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | real | - | X-position value for the rectangular cursor. |
Returns the units for the X cursor coordinate in rectangular XY mode.
Returns the delta value for the Y axis in rectangular XY cursor mode.
Sets the Y position for the rectangular XY cursor. The syntax indicates a value placeholder `<x>` for the position setting.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | real | - | Y position value for the rectangular XY cursor. |
Returns the units used for the Y axis of an XY rectangular cursor. This is a query command.
Returns cursor information. The exact returned values are documented in the Cursor command group entry referenced by the index.
Sets the label for digital channel D10. The factory default label is an empty string.
Sets the position for digital channel D10. The factory default value is 80.0000E-3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | - | Position setting for D10. |
Sets the default threshold for digital channel D10. The factory default is 1.4000.
Sets the destination for acquired data storage or transfer. The factory default is REF1.
Sets the data encoding format. The factory default is RIBINARY.
Sets the default data source used by the instrument. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | Data source selection. |
Sets the start point of the waveform data record. Factory default is 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| start | integer | 1 - 10000 | Start point of the waveform data record. |
Sets the stop value for the data source range. The factory default is 10000.
Selects the source waveform used for waveform transfer and CURVe? formatting. In the example, :DATa:SOUrce DIGital is used before transferring digital collection data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | DIGital | Waveform source to use for data transfer. |
:DATa:SOUrce DIGital
Sets the first point of the waveform data transfer range. In the example, :DATa:START 1 selects the first of 25 points to be transferred.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| point | integer | - | Starting point for waveform transfer. |
:DATa:START 1
Sets the stop point for waveform data transfer. In the example, `:DATa:STOP 25` is used to transfer 25 points of digital collection data.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| stop | integer | 1 | Stop point for the waveform transfer. |
:DATa:STOP 25
Sets waveform data encoding. This command can also set WFMOutpre:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt, and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or values with a single command.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | ASCII | BINARY | Waveform data encoding. |
Transfers data to or from the instrument. The command group includes related settings such as destination, encoding, source, start, stop, and width.
Sets the destination for data transfer or storage.
Defines the starting point of the waveform data record. This command belongs to the data transfer group.
Sets the width of the waveform data record. The command is part of the DATA command group and is documented on the Data page.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| width | integer | - | Width of the waveform data record. |
Sets the display deskew state. The factory default is 1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | - | Display deskew state. |
Controls deskew settings for the instrument. The command group also includes :DESkew:DISplay.
Controls whether a deskew display feature is shown on the screen.
Sets or reports the DVM autorange state. The factory default value is 0.
Sets the DVM display style. The factory default is MINIMUM.
Sets the DVM mode. The factory default value is OFF.
Selects the source channel for the DVM function. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | DVM source channel. |
Sets the DVM function group settings.
Sets the DVM autorange state.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Enables or disables DVM autoranging. |
Sets the DVM display style.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| style | enum | - |
Returns the DVM frequency measurement.
Returns the average value of the DVM history measurement.
Returns the maximum DVM measurement history value.
Returns the minimum value in the DVM measurement history. This is a query command.
Returns the maximum DVM measurement information value.
Returns the infinite minimum measurement value for the DVM measurement subsystem.
Returns the present DVM measurement value.
Sets the DVM mode. The manual lists the command in the DVM command group but does not provide further syntax or parameter details on this page.
Sets the DVM source used for measurements.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | - | DVM source selection. |
Sets the fast acquisition state. The factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | 0 - 1 | Enables or disables fast acquisition. |
Sets the histogram box percentage coordinates. The factory default is 20.0000,20.0000,80.0000,80.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x1 | real | - | First box percentage coordinate. |
| y1 | real | - | Second box percentage coordinate. |
| x2 | real | - | Third box percentage coordinate. |
| y2 | real | - | Fourth box percentage coordinate. |
Sets the histogram display mode. The factory default value is LINEAR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | enum | LINEAR | Histogram display mode. |
Sets the histogram mode default value. The factory default for HISTOGRAM:MODE is OFF.
Sets the histogram source. The factory default is CH1.
Sets the horizontal delay mode. The factory default value is 0.
Sets the horizontal delay time. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time | real | - | Horizontal delay time. |
Sets the horizontal position. The factory default value is 50.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | - | Horizontal position setting. |
Sets the horizontal record length to the default value shown in the factory defaults table. The default is 10000.
Sets the horizontal time scale default value. The factory default is 4.0000E-6.
Returns the record length magnitude for the digital horizontal record length setting.
Returns the main digital record length.
Returns the maximum sampling rate available for the horizontal digital record length setting. This is the query form of the horizontal digital samplerate magnification command.
Returns the main digital samplerate value for the horizontal system.
Returns the preview state for the horizontal system.
Sets the horizontal record length. This command is listed under the Horizontal Command Group.
Returns the current horizontal sample rate.
Returns the horizontal settings status. It is documented in the Horizontal Command Group.
Sets the front-panel lock state. The factory default is UNLOCKED.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | UNLOCKED | Front-panel lock state. |
Sets the front-panel mouse lock state. The default value is UNLOCKED.
Sets the touchscreen lock state. The factory default is UNLOCKED.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | UNLOCKED | LOCKED | Selects whether the touchscreen is unlocked or locked. |
Locks all front-panel controls.
Locks or unlocks the front panel controls.
Locks or unlocks the mouse controls.
Turns off lock control for all front-panel inputs, mouse, and touchscreen. This command is used to release any lock state previously enabled by the other LOCk commands.
Locks the touchscreen controls.
Sets the absolute frequency for marker M1. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| frequency | real | Hz | Absolute frequency value for marker M1. |
Sets the marker manual mode default value. The factory default is 0.
Sets the marker peak excursion default value. The factory default is 30.0000.
Sets the peak marker maximum count. The factory default is 5.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| maximum | integer | 0 | Maximum number of peaks to use. |
Sets the peak marker threshold value. The factory default is -50.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Threshold level for peak marker operation. |
Sets the marker type. The factory default is ABSOLUTE.
Returns the absolute amplitude of marker M<x>.
Returns the amplitude delta for marker M<x>.
Sets the absolute frequency for marker M<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| frequency | real | 0 - MAXimum | Absolute frequency value for the marker. |
Returns the frequency delta for marker M<x>.
Returns the noise density for marker M<x>.
Returns the phase noise of marker M<x>.
Selects manual marker operation. This is the index entry for the MARKER:MANual command.
Sets the peak excursion marker setting. The index lists this command under the Mark command group.
Sets the maximum peak marker value. The index lists this command under the Mark Command Group.
Sets the peak threshold for marker peak measurements.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| threshold | real | - | Peak threshold level used by marker peak measurements. |
Sets the marker reference. This entry cross-references related reference amplitude and frequency queries.
Returns the amplitude of the reference marker.
Returns the reference frequency for the marker reference. This is a query under the MARKER:REFERENCE command group.
Sets the source used for mask copy operations. The factory default is NONE.
Sets the display state for the mask function. The factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | 0 - 1 | Mask display on/off state. |
Locks the mask function. The factory default is 0 (unlocked).
Sets the mask margin percentage. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| percent | real | - | Mask margin percentage. |
Sets or reports the state of mask margining. The factory default is 0 (off).
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | Enables or disables mask margining. |
Sets the mask test polarity. The default value is POSITIVE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| polarity | enum | POSITIVE | NEGATIVE | Specifies the mask polarity. |
Selects the source used for mask testing. The factory default is CH1.
Sets the standard mask template selection. The factory default value is NONE.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| standard | enum | NONE | Mask standard template selection. |
Sets or shows whether mask testing stops on a violation. The factory default is 0.
Sets the source channel used for the mask template. The factory default is CH1.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| source | enum | CH1 | Source channel for the mask template. |
Sets the horizontal tolerance used by a mask template. The factory default value is 200.0000E-3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| tolerance | real | - | Horizontal tolerance value. |
Sets the vertical tolerance used by the mask template test. The factory default value is 200.0000E-3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| vertical | real | - | Vertical tolerance for the mask template test. |
Sets the auxiliary output completion status for mask testing. The factory default is 0.
Sets the factory default for whether an auxiliary output is asserted on mask test failure. The default value is 0.
Sets the completion criterion for mask testing. The factory default is WAVEFORM.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| criterion | enum | WAVEFORM | Completion criterion selection. |
Sets the mask test delay. The factory default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| delay | real | - | Delay used by the mask test. |
Controls whether a hardcopy is produced during a mask test. The factory default is 0.
Sets the repeat setting for mask testing. The factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | integer | 0 - 1 | Enables or disables repeat mode for mask test. |
Sets the default save-image behavior used by mask testing. The factory default is 0.
Sets or reports the default state for saving the waveform during a mask test. The factory default is 0.
Sets the factory-default state for SRQ completion notification during mask testing. The default value is 0.
Sets the SRQ on failure behavior for mask testing. The factory default is 0.
Sets the mask test state default value. The factory default is 0.
Controls whether the mask test stops on a failure condition. The factory default is 0.
Sets the threshold used for mask testing. The factory default value is 1.
Sets the test time for mask testing. The factory default is INFINITE.
Sets the default waveform length used for mask test operations.
Sets the user-defined mask amplitude default value.
Sets the horizontal scale for the user mask waveform setup. The factory default value is 400.0000E-6.
Sets or returns the label for the user mask waveform. The factory default is an empty string.
Sets the user mask record length. The factory default value is 10000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| recordlength | integer | 10000 - 10000 | User mask record length. |
Sets the user-defined mask segment 1 points. The factory default is a list of four point pairs.
Sets the user-defined mask vertical offset. The factory default is 0.0E+0.
Sets the vertical scale for the user mask waveform. The factory default value is 100.0000E-3.
Sets the user mask width. The factory default is 400.0000E-6.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| width | real | s | User mask width. |
Returns whether the current mask is a standard or custom mask. In the example, :MASK:CUSTOM INIT is verified by querying this command, which should return CUSTOM.
MASK:STANDARD?
Sets the vertical scale for a user-defined mask. The example shows it used with a numeric value in volts/division.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| scale | real | MINimum - MAXimum | Vertical scale setting for the user mask. |
:MASK:USER:VSCALe 100.0000E-3
Counts the hits for mask/limit testing. The example note indicates it is used to retrieve the hit count for the specified mask segment.
Returns the hit count for mask segment 1.
:MASK:COUNT:SEG1:HITS?
Returns the total hit count for the mask/limit test sequence. The manual lists it with the other count queries and notes that total hits should equal the sum of the SEG1 and SEG2 hits.
Returns the number of violations counted by the mask test. In the example, it should return 1 when stop-on-violation is set.
example 1: :MASK:COUNT:VIOLATIONS?
Returns the waveform count associated with the mask test. The example list includes it as one of the mask count queries.
Specifies the X-Y coordinate pairs of all points in the specified mask segment, using waveform units. There can be up to 8 segments.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| points | block | - | X-Y coordinate pairs for all points in the specified segment. |
:MASK:USER:SEG2:POINTS
Returns the X-Y coordinate pairs of all points in the specified mask user segment, using waveform units.
:MASK:USER:SEG1:POINTS? :MASK:USER:SEG2:POINTS? :MASK:USER:SEG3:POINTS?
Specifies the X-Y coordinate pairs of all points in the specified mask segment, using waveform units. Up to 8 segments can be defined.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| points | block | - | X-Y coordinate pairs for the specified segment. |
:MASK:USER:SEG2:POINTS [Enter new points for segment 2 here]
Enables mask act-on-event behavior and turns it off after the event has occurred.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | Turns the mask act-on-event feature on. |
MASK:ACTONEVENT:ENABLE ON
Creates the limit/template mask from the currently selected template mask settings. The mask is based on the source waveform and tolerance settings, and appears on the screen.
Copies the current mask source setting to another mask source. The slice lists the command name only and does not provide syntax details or a return value.
Copies a user-defined mask. The slice lists the command in the 3-LMT application module command set, but provides no syntax or parameter details.
Sets the number of mask-count events to use for mask testing. The command is listed under the mask application module commands.
Returns the current failure count for mask testing. This is a query command.
Returns the total number of hits for the mask test. This is an option-enabled command for the 3-LMT application module.
Returns the hit count for the specified mask segment. This command is part of the MASK:COUNt family used for mask testing counters.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Mask segment index. |
Returns the number of tests performed.
Returns the number of mask violations counted for the current mask test. This is an application module command for limit-mask testing.
Returns the waveform count used for mask testing.
Enables testing against custom user-defined masks.
Turns mask display on or off.
Locks or unlocks the mask test setup. This command belongs to the option-enabled mask testing commands.
Sets the mask margin percent used for limit mask testing. The slice lists the command in the Application Module Commands index, but does not provide syntax details, parameter range, or return value.
Sets the source used for mask testing.
Sets the standard mask mode for mask testing. This command is part of the 3-LMT application module.
Sets whether mask testing stops when a violation is detected.
Creates a mask from a template source. This command is part of the 3-LMT application module for limit-mask and user-defined mask testing.
No command-specific description is provided on this page; the command is only listed in the application module command index. It belongs to mask template tolerance settings for the horizontal axis.
Sets the vertical tolerance used for mask template testing. The slice lists the command name only and does not provide syntax, parameter details, or a return value.
Sets the AUX output failure behavior for mask testing.
Enables mask testing delay settings. This command is listed as part of the MASK:TESt command set for the 3-LMT application module.
Enables hardcopy output during mask testing.
Enables saving the waveform for mask testing. This command is part of the mask test application module commands list.
Enables SRQ on mask test failure.
No command-specific syntax or parameter details are documented in this slice; the page only lists the command in an appendix command index.
Returns the status of mask testing. The slice lists the command name only and does not further define the status values or format.
Sets the threshold used for mask testing. This command is part of the 3-LMT application module for limit-mask and user-defined mask testing.
Application module command listed under the 3-LMT option-enabled commands. No syntax, parameters, or behavior are documented in the provided slice.
Listed as an option-enabled command for the 3-LMT application module. The slice does not provide syntax, parameters, or behavior details for this command.
Sets the horizontal scale for a user mask. The command is listed as an option-enabled command in the 3-LMT application module.
Lists the application module command for setting the mask user horizontal trigger position. The page slice only shows the command name in an application-module command index and does not document syntax or behavior.
Application module command listed for 3-LMT options. The slice only identifies the command name and does not provide syntax, parameters, or return value details.
Sets the user mask vertical offset. Listed as an option-enabled command for the 3-LMT application module.
Application module command listed under the 3-LMT option-enabled commands. The slice only identifies the command name and does not document syntax, parameters, or behavior.
Selects a user mask segment or a mask segment by number. The command is part of the 3-LMT application module.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Segment number placeholder as shown in the mnemonic. |
Enables or disables the active one-event mask setting.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Turns the active one-event mask enable state on or off. |
Sets the horizontal delay time for REF1. The default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| time | real | - | Horizontal delay time. |
Sets the horizontal scale for REF1. The factory default is 4.0000E-6.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| scale | real | s/div | Horizontal scale for REF1. |
Sets the vertical position of the REF1 waveform. The default value is 0.0E+0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | V | Vertical position setting for REF1. |
Sets the vertical scale for the REF1 waveform view. The default value is 100.0000E-3.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| scale | real | V | Vertical scale per division for REF1. |
Sets or returns the state of the Results Table display. The factory default is 0.
Sets or reports the RRB state. The factory default value is 1.
Sets the zoom mode. The factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| mode | integer | 0 - 0 | Zoom mode value. |
Sets the position of the first zoom window. The factory default is 50.0000.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | - | Position of zoom window 1. |
Sets the scale for zoom window 1. The factory default value is 4.0000E-6.
Sets the on/off state of zoom window 1. The factory default is 0.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | 0 | 1 | Turns zoom window 1 off or on. |
Returns the zoom factor for the selected zoom window.
Sets or queries the state of the zoom box for the selected zoom window. The page slice only shows the command listing in the index, so no syntax or detailed behavior is documented here.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Zoom window index. |
Returns the trigger position for the specified zoom window. The command is indexed under the ZOOM subsystem.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | - | Zoom window index. |
Returns the current horizontal zoom state.
Returns waveform record data from the current source using the settings established by WFMOutpre?. The returned data format depends on the selected encoding and source waveform type.
:CURVE? :CURVe?
Returns waveform data values for the current acquisition. The returned format depends on the current WFMOutpre settings and each value represents a data point.
:CURVe?
Returns the curve data. The command is used to access waveform data.
Returns the concatenated results of the WFMOutpre? and CURVe? queries.
Returns the contents of the current working directory. In the example, it is used to show that a new waveform and screen image file have been saved after a mask violation.
:FILESYSTEM:DIR?
Copies a file from one location to another in the file system.
Changes the current working directory for the file system command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| path | string | - | Directory path to make current. |
Deletes a file from the file system.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| filename | string | - | Name of the file to delete. |
Returns the directory listing for the current file system directory.
Sets or queries the file format used for file system operations.
Returns the amount of free space available in the file system.
Lists the contents of the current directory. The command is part of the File System command group.
Creates a new directory at the specified path.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| path | string | - | Directory path to create. |
Returns the list of available mounted filesystems or mount points.
Mounts a drive in the file system. The manual lists it in the File System command group.
Returns the list of mounted filesystems or mount entries.
Reads a file from the file system. The command is part of the File System Command Group.
Renames a file in the file system.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| oldname | string | - | Name of the existing file or directory to rename. |
| newname | string | - | New name for the file or directory. |
Removes a directory from the file system.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| path | string | - | Directory path to remove. |
Unmounts a drive from the file system.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| drive | string | - | Drive to unmount. |
Writes a file to the file system. The command belongs to the File System command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| filename | string | - | Name of the file to write. |
Returns information about the file system. The manual lists this command as a query in the File System command group.
Returns whether the instrument is busy.
Clears the display or menu state. The index lists both CLEAR and CLEARMenu as related commands.
Returns the current advanced math configuration state.
Returns the current AFG configuration state.
Returns the analog bandwidth configuration value.
Returns the maximum analog bandwidth setting for the current configuration.
Returns the maximum sampling rate for the analog configuration.
Returns the number of analog channels supported by the instrument.
Returns the analog record length configuration.
Returns whether analog waveform inversion is enabled for the vertical system configuration.
Returns the custom mask application configuration state.
Returns the power-application configuration state.
Returns the video picture configuration setting used by the application configuration system.
Returns the current arbitrary waveform configuration. The command is listed in the Configuration Command Group index entry.
Returns whether the auxiliary input is enabled or present in the current configuration. The command is documented in the Configuration command group index.
Returns the ARINC 429A bus waveform configuration setting.
Returns the audio bus waveform configuration.
Returns the CAN bus waveform configuration. This query is part of the Configuration:BUSWAVEFORMS command group.
Returns the CAN FD bus waveform configuration.
Returns the Ethernet bus waveform configuration state.
Returns the configuration for FlexRay bus waveforms.
Returns the configuration state for I2C bus waveforms.
Returns the bus waveform configuration for the LIN bus.
Returns the number of supported MIL-STD-1553B bus waveform configurations.
Returns the number of bus waveforms configured. This is a query in the Configuration:BUSWAVEFORMS command group.
Returns whether parallel bus waveforms are configured. This is a query command in the BUSWAVEFORMS configuration group.
Returns the current RS232C bus waveform configuration setting.
Returns the bus waveform configuration for SPI. The slice does not provide additional return-format details.
Returns the current USB high-speed bus waveform configuration state. This is the query form of the USB bus waveform configuration command.
Returns the USB bus waveform configuration state.
Returns the current digital Magnivu configuration setting.
Returns the maximum samplerate for the digital configuration.
Returns the number of analog channels available in the current configuration.
Returns the external video configuration state.
Returns the configured network drives setting.
Returns the number of measurement items currently configured. This is a query-only command in the Configuration command group.
Returns the number of references in the configuration reference list.
Returns the bandwidth configuration setting.
Returns the number of configured RF channels.
Returns the reference oscillator configuration. The index entry points to the Configuration Command Group documentation.
Sets the label for D<x>.
Sets the position of the D<x> trace or waveform on the display. The command belongs to the D<x> command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| position | real | - | Position setting for the D<x> trace. |
Sets the threshold value for D<x>.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| x | integer | 1 - 4 | Selects the D channel to configure. |
| threshold | real | - | Threshold level for the selected digital channel. |
Sets the instrument date.
Selects a loop option for diagnostic looping. The command is listed in the diagnostic loop command group.
Sets the number of times the loop option is executed. This command is part of the diagnostic loop control group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| NTIMes | integer | - | Number of loop iterations to execute. |
Stops the diagnostic loop operation.
Returns the diagnostic result flag. The command is a query and returns the current flag state.
Returns the diagnostic result log string.
Selects a diagnostic function. The command belongs to the diagnostic subsystem and supports a function-specific form with a function node.
Selects the measurement function used by the DIAg subsystem. The specific function is provided as the suffix node after `:SELect:`.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| function | enum | - | Measurement function to select. |
Sets the diagnostic state. The command is listed in the DIAg command group.
Sets the sender email address used for email setup.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| address | string | - | Sender email address. |
Sets the host alias name used for email setup.
Sets up SMTP login credentials for email setup.
Sets the SMTP password used by the email setup command group.
Sets the SMTP port used for email setup.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| port | integer | 0 - 65535 | SMTP port number. |
Sets the SMTP server used for email setup.
Sets whether DHCP/BOOTP is enabled for the Ethernet interface.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Enables or disables DHCP/BOOTP. |
Sets the Ethernet DNS IP address for the instrument.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| IPADDress | real | - | DNS server IP address. |
Sets the Ethernet domain name. The command is listed in the Ethernet command group.
Returns the ENET address of the Ethernet interface.
Sets the gateway IP address for the Ethernet interface.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| IPADDress | string | - | Gateway IP address. |
Sets the TCP/IP port number used for HTTP access on the instrument. The command belongs to the Ethernet command group.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| port | integer | 0 - 65535 | HTTP port number. |
Sets the Ethernet IP address.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| IPADDress | string | - | The IP address to assign to the instrument. |
Enables or disables the LAN password for the LXI LAN interface.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ENABle | DISable | Turns the LXI LAN password requirement on or off. |
Enables or disables an EScope password for the LXI LAN interface.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Turns EScope password enable on or off. |
Resets the LXI LAN configuration for Ethernet. No parameters or return value are documented in this slice.
Sets the LXI LAN service name for the instrument.
Returns the LXI LAN status. The manual lists it in the Ethernet command group.
Sets or queries the Ethernet network name for the instrument. The name is part of the Ethernet command group.
Configures Ethernet network settings. This command is listed in the Ethernet command group index; no syntax or parameter details are shown in the provided slice.
Sets the Ethernet password.
Sends a ping to the specified Ethernet host or address.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| address | string | - | Host name or IP address to ping. |
Returns the Ethernet ping status. The command is a query and yields the current result of the ping operation.
Sets the subnet mask used for the Ethernet interface.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| subnetmask | string | - |
Returns the current event status. The response is a numeric event code.
Returns the event queue quantity.
Resets the instrument to factory settings.
Holds the front-panel control state. This command is part of the front-panel command group.
Presses the specified front-panel button.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| button | enum | button | Specifies which front-panel button to press. |
Turns the front panel. The command is part of the front-panel control group.
FPAnel:TURN
Returns the configured GPIB-USB address.
Returns the GPIB-USB interface identification information.
Turns command headers on or off for display and output. The short form is :HDR.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| state | enum | ON | OFF | Enables or disables command headers. |
Returns the instrument identification string. This command is listed in the index as a query.
Marks the start of the command group in the index. No parameter or return information is documented in the provided slice.
Creates a new mark.
Returns the number of free marks available.
Saves all marks.
Returns the end point of the currently selected mark. The command is part of the Mark command group.
Returns the number of markers in the selected column.
Returns the owner of the selected mark.
Returns the source of the selected marker.
Returns the start position of the selected marker.
Returns the current math variable selection state. Use MATHVAR:VAR<x> to set or query individual math variables.
Sets the password for the miscellaneous command group. The index entry points to the command documentation on page 2-428.
Sets or queries the instrument password setting. The index entry only identifies the command; this slice does not provide syntax or behavior details.
Pauses the oscilloscope acquisition. The command is listed in the index without additional syntax or parameter details on this page.
No documentation for :TEKSecure appears in the provided index slice.
Returns the USBTMC product ID in hexadecimal form.
Returns the USBTMC serial number.
Returns the USBTMC status or state. The slice only lists the query in the index and does not provide further details.
Sets the waveform input preamble binary format. The index lists this command as a waveform input preamble setting.
Sets the input waveform encoding format for the waveform input path. The command is listed in the index under the waveform input preconditioning subsystem.
Sets the reference level used by the waveform input pretrigger. The index lists it as a parameter under the WFMInpre trigger reference-level command family.
| Name | Type | Values | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| level | real | - | Reference level for waveform input pretrigger triggering. |
Sets or queries the waveform input zero/reference setting for the selected waveform math input. The index entry points to a command documented on page 1030, but this slice does not include the command syntax or details.
Sets or queries the zoom mode/state for the selected zoom view. The manual index lists the command as having :MODe and :STATE variants under :ZOOm.